Nokia 3589i User Manual
9310502 Copyright é 2003 Nokia. All rights reserved. Copyright é 2003 Nokia. T odos los derechos reservados. Printed in Canada/Impreso en Canadá www .nokia.c om/us www .nokia.c om/latinoamerica NOKIA INC. 7725 Woodland Center Boulevard, Suite 1 50, T ampa, FL 336 1 4 Phone: 1 -888-NOKIA -2U (1 -888-665-4228) F ax: 1 -813-249-96 1 9 T ext T elephone/T elec ommunication Device for the Deaf (TTY/TDD) Users: 1 -800-24-NOKIA (1 -800-246-6542) 509714_3589i_Blngl_UG 8/26/03 1:55 PM Page 1
Nokia 3589i User Guide Note: Spanish translat ion of this guide foll ows page 1 00 of the English guide. What informatio n is needed? Numbers Where is the number? My number Wireless service provider V oice mail number Wireless service provider Wireless providerâÂÂs number Wireless service provider ProviderâÂÂs customer care Wireless service provider Model number Nokia 3589i See âÂÂA bout your ph oneâ on page 7. Phone type RH-44 See âÂÂA bout your phoneâ on page 7. Electronic serial number (ESN) See âÂÂY our phoneâÂÂs labelâ on page 6.
The wireless phone described in this guid e is approved for use in CDMA networks. LEGAL INFORMATION P art No.93 1 0502, Issue No. 1b Copyright é 2 003 Nokia. All rights reserved. Nokia, Nokia Connecting P eople, Nokia 35 89i, the Nokia Original Enhancements logos and Racket are trademarks or register ed trademarks of Nokia Corporation. All other product and company names mentioned herein may be trademarks or tradename s of their respective ow ners. Printed in Canada 8/2003 US P a tent No 58 18437 and other pending patents. T9 text input software Copyright é 1999- 2003. Tegic Communications, Inc. All righ ts reserved. Includes RSA BSAFE cryptographic or secu rity protocol software from RSA Security . The BREW trademark is a t rademark of QUALCOMM Incorp orated. The information in this u ser guide was wri tten for the N okia 3589i phone. Nokia operates a policy of on-going development. Nokia reserves the right to make c hanges and im provements to any of the products described in this document without prior notice. UNDER NO CIRCUMST ANCES SH ALL NOKIA BE RESPONSIBLE FO R ANY LOSS OF DAT A OR INCOME OR ANY SPECIAL , INCIDENT AL, AN D CONSEQUENTIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES HOWSOEVER CAUSED. THE CONTENTS O F THIS D OCUMENT ARE PROVIDED âÂÂAS IS.â EXCEPT AS REQUIRED B Y APPLICABL E LAW , NO WARRAN TIES OF AN Y KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, B UT NOT LIMITED TO , THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERC HANTABILITY AND FITNESS F OR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE MADE IN RELA TION TO THE ACCURA CY A ND RELIABILITY OR CONTENTS OF THI S DOCUMENT . N OKIA RESERV ES THE RIGHT TO REVISE THIS DO CUMENT OR WITHDRAW IT AT ANY TIME WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE. EXPORT CONTROLS This product contains commodities, technology or software exported from the United States in accordance with the Export Administration regulations. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited. FCC/INDUSTRY CANADA NOTICE Y our phone may cause TV or r adio interference (for example, when using a telephone in close proximity to receiving equipment). The FCC or Industry Canada can require you to stop using your telephone if such interference c annot be eliminated. If you require assistance, contact your local service facility . This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subj ect to th e co ndit ion th at th is d evic e do es no t ca use har mful inte rf eren ce.
[ iii ] Contents 1. For your safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Quick guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Menu shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2. Welcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Understand wireless network serv ices . . . 5 Learn about accessibility solutions . . . . . 5 Contact Nokia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Register your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 E-newsletters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Contact your service provider . . . . . . . . . 6 3. About your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Switch your phone on or off . . . . . . . . . . 9 Check the start scr een . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 Use the selection keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Use the scroll key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 Learn about the keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 Make and answer calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Memory use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 View help system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Browse phone menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 Phone book menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 4. Phone setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 5. Text entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Write with ABC and 123 modes . . . . . . . 15 Write with predictive te xt . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 Tips for predictive text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 6. Contacts (Phone book) . . . . . . . 20 Save contacts and numbers . . . . . . . . . . 20 Recall contacts and numbers . . . . . . . . . 20 Use phone book menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 Edit a name or number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Add a number to a phone book entry . . 2 1 Delete stored contact s and num bers . . . 2 3 Add other information to a phone book entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Use caller groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Check memory status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 7. Call log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Check missed, received, or dialed calls . 25 Delete recent call lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Use call timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 T urn on a current call timer . . . . . . . . . . 2 7 Clear call timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Data tim ers (Data/fax and Minibrowser) . . . . . . . . 2 7 8. Voice mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Store your voice mailbox number . . . . . 2 8 Set greetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Listen to your voice messages . . . . . . . . 28 9. Text messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Write a text message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Use message templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Learn about e-mail text messages . . . . . 32 Receive text messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Respond to a text message . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Reply to a message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Delete messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4 Message settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Organize text messages using folders . . 36 10. Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Learn about profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Select a different prof ile . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7 Customize a profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7 Screen saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Gallery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9 Rename profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Timed profiles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Set the display language . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Set the clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2 Customize the Welcome scree n . . . . . . . 43 Learn about voice commands . . . . . . . . . 43 11. Advanced features . . . . . . . . . . 45 View in-call options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Use call forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Use call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7 Make a conference call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Send own caller ID when calling . . . . . . 4 7
[ iv ] Use automatic redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Calling card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 V oice dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 1-touch dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 Caller Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 2 Use T ouch tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Link phone book entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Learn about V oice Recorder . . . . . . . . . . 55 12. Security and System settings . . . 56 Lock keypad (K eyguard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Security code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Phone lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Call restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 8 GPS (Location info sharing) . . . . . . . . . . 6 0 Automatic update of service . . . . . . . . . 60 Learn about system selection . . . . . . . . 60 13. Organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Use the alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3 Stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 14. Get it now . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Launching an application . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Download a new application . . . . . . . . . 6 6 Remove an application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Check memory status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Other options available for applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 15. Your phone and other de vices . . 68 16. Minibrowser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Understand browsing sessions and indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Launching the minibrowser . . . . . . . . . . 6 9 Minibrowser menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9 Navigate in the minibrowser . . . . . . . . . 7 0 Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 0 Bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 0 Receive messages via the minibrowser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1 End the minibrowser session . . . . . . . . . 7 1 Disable minibrowser confirmations . . . . 7 1 17. Reference informa tion . . . . . . . 73 Care and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Battery information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Chargers and other enhancements . . . . 79 Nokia Xpress-on⢠color cover s . . . . . . . 7 9 18. Nokia One Year Limited Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Appendix A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Appendix B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
[ 1 ] For you r safe ty 1 For your safety Read these simple guidelines. Breaking the rule s may be dangerous or illegal. Further detailed information is given in this manual. SWIT CH OFF WHER E PROHIBITED Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRST Don't use a handheld phone wh ile driving. INTERFERENCE All wireless phones may get interference, which could affect pe rformance. SWIT CH OFF IN HOSPIT ALS Follow any regulations or rules. Switch the phone off near medical equipment. SWIT CH OFF IN AIRCR AFT Wireless devices can c ause interference in aircraft. SWIT CH OFF WHEN REFUELING Don't use the phone at a refueling point. Don't use near fuel or chemicals. SWIT CH OFF NEAR BLAS TING Don't use the phone wher e blasting is in pr ogress. Observe restric tions, and follow any regulations or rules. USE SENSIBL Y Use only in the normal position . Don't touch the antenna unnecess arily . QUALIFIED SERVICE Only qualified personnel may install or repair phone equipment. ENHANCEMENTS AND BA TTERIES Use only appr oved enhancements and batteries. Do not connect incompatible products. WA TER-RESISTANCE Y our wireless phone is n ot wa ter-resistant . Keep it dry .
[ 2 ] BACKUP COPIES Remember to make backup copies of all important data. CONNECTING TO OTHER DEVICES When connecting to any other device, read its user guide for detailed safety instructions. Do not connect incompatible products. CALLING Ensure the phone is switched on and in se r vice. Enter the phone number , including the area code, and press the Send key . To end a call, press the End key . To answer a call, press the Send key . EMERGENCY CALLS Ensure the phone is switched on and in se rvice. Fully extend the whip an tenna. Press the End key as many times as needed (for exam ple, to exit a call, to exit a menu) to clear the display . Enter the emergency number , and press the Send key . Give yo ur location. Do not end the call until told to do so.
[ 3 ] For you r safe ty ⢠QUICK GUIDE Make a call Fully exte nd wh ip a nten na. Ent er p hon e num ber , pre ss the Send key . Answer a call Press the Send key . Answer a call with call waiting Press the talk key or Answer . End a call Press the End key . Ignore a call Press Silence when your phone rings. Redial Press the Send key twice. Adjust call volum e Press the right or left scroll keys. while in a call. Use the in-call menu While in a call, press the left soft key to select Op tions . Use 1-touch dialing Press and hold any key 2 through 9. Save a name and number Enter a number , press the left soft key to select Options , and select Save . Enter a name and press OK . Recall a name /number Press Contacts , select Search. Enter first character of name and press Search . Recall a name /number during a cal l Press Opti ons , scroll to New call , press Select , press Search , and enter the first lette r of the name to find. Check voice mail Press and hold the one key OR dial your voice mailbox number . Send a text message Press Menu 0 1-1-1 . Add recipientâÂÂs phone number , and press Options . Scroll to Enter text , and press Select . Enter the message text, and press Options and select Send . Send an e-ma il mes sage Press Menu 0 1 -1-1 . Add recipientâ s e-mail address, and press Options . Scroll to Enter text , and press Select . Enter the message text, and press Options and select Send . Read new message Press Show , and press Select . Reply to a message Press Opti ons , selec t Reply , and select a reply option. Write the reply , press Options and select Send . Reply to an e-mail message Press Opti ons , selec t Reply , and select a reply option. Write the reply , press Options and select Send . Send a business card (SMS) Recall a name from the phone book. Press Details , an d press Options , select Send bu s. card , select Via text msg. Enter the recipientâ s number or press Search to retrieve a number from the phone book. Press OK .
[ 4 ] ⢠MENU SHORTCUTS 1 MESSAGES T ext messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 Create message . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1 -1-1 Inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2 Outbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1 -1-3 Archive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1 -1-4 Templat es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-5 My folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1 -1-6 Delete messages . . . . . . . . . . 0 1 -1-7 Message settings . . . . . . . . . 0 1 -1-8 Add-ins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1 -1-9 V oice messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2 Minibrowser messages . . . . . . . . . 0 1-3 2 CALL LOG Missed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Received calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Dialed numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Delete recent call lists . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Call timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Data/fax calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Minibrowser calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 3 PROFILES Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Meeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 P ager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 4 SETTINGS Call settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Phone settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Time settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Display settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Enhancement settings . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Security settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Network services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Restore factory sett ings . . . . . . . . . 4-8 5 GALLERY 1 View folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Add folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Delete folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Rename folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 6 SYSTEM Roaming options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 7 V OIC E V oice tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 V oice commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 V oice recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 8 MINIBROWSER 2 9 ORGANIZER Alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 1 0 GET IT NOW 1 1 1 KEYGUARD 1 Menu options may not be visible, based on your service providerâÂÂs requirements. 2 Menu options may not be visible, based on your service providerâÂÂs requirements.
[ 5 ] We l c o m e 2W e l c o m e Congratulations on the purchase of your Nokia mobile phon e. Nokia recommends that you read this chapter before you use your new phone. ⢠UNDERSTAND WIRELESS NETWORK SERVICES Y our service providerâ s wireless network may be equipped to provide special features or functions for use with your Nokia phone. Thes e features are calle d network services and may include some of the following: ⢠V oice mail and voice privacy ⢠Call waiting, call forwarding, and caller ID â¢T e x t m e s s a g e s ⢠Ability to block or send your own caller ID ⢠News and information services ⢠Selected Internet acc ess services Sign up with a servic e provide r Before you can take advantage of y our service providerâÂÂs networ k services, you must sign up with a wireless service pr ovider and subscribe to these servic es. Y our service provider will make available descriptions of its servic es and instructions for using them. Wireless service providers may differ from each other in certain ways. For e xa mp le , s om e networks may not suppo rt special language-depende nt charact ers. Co n t a ct yo u r s er v i ce p r ov i d e r regarding your service needs. ⢠LEARN ABOUT ACCESSIBILITY S OLUTIONS Nokia is committed to making mobile phones easy to use for all individuals, inc lud in g t ho se wit h disabilities. Nokia main tains a W eb si te t hat i s de dica ted t o ac cessi bil ity solu tion s. Fo r mo re in form at ion about phone features, enhancements, and other Nokia products designed with your needs in min d, please visit the following Web site: www .nokiaaccessibility .com Y our Nokia phone is equipped with a universal 2. 5 mm enha ncem ent jac k that can be used to connect any cellular ready or cellular compatib le TTY/TDD deviceâ s cable to your phone.
[ 6 ] â¢C O N T A C T N O K I A When you need help, the Nokia Customer Care Center can provide information about Nokia products. Please refer to the f ollowing table for more information on how to contact Nokia. If you ever nee d to call Noki a Customer Care, Nokia Customer Interaction Center , or your wireless service provider , you will need to provide specific info rmation from your phoneâÂÂs label. Y our phoneâÂÂs label The label inside the phoneâ s back cover (under the battery) contains import ant information about your phone -- model, type and electronic serial numbers (ESN). Nokia recommends that you record this information on the title page. Do not remove or defa ce the label. When you call, have the phone and enhancement and th is information available: ph one model number , electronic serial number (ESN), and your ZIP code. ⢠REGISTER YOUR PHONE Make sure to register y our phone at www .warranty .nokiausa.com or 1-888-N OKIA-2U (1-888-665 -4228) so that we can s erve your needs better if you should call the Nokia Customer Care Center or have your phone repaired. ⢠E-NEWSLETTERS When you re giste r your phon e, you ca n sign up for Nokia's e-newsletter Nokia Connections . Y ou will receive tips and tricks on using your phone, enhancement information, and special offers. ⢠CONTACT YO UR SERVICE PROVIDER Some service providers prep rogram their custom er support number into the phone. Press and hold the two key (or the key that y our service provider instructs you to use) for two seconds to automatically dial their customer support number . If the service provider dete rmines the problem is Nokia related, the representative will direct you to the Nokia Customer Care Center (USA) or Nokia Customer Interaction Centre (Canada). Note: This one-key feature may not be availabl e on all systems. Co ntact your service provider for availability . Customer Care Center , USA Customer Care Centre, Canada Nokia Mobile Phones 7725 Woodland Center Blvd., Suite #150 Tampa, Florida 336 14 Telephone: 1-888- NOKIA-2U (1-888-665 -4228) F ax: 1-8 1 3-249-9 6 19 TTY/TD D Users Only: 1-800- 24-NOKI A (1-800-246 -6542) Nokia Products Lt d. 60 1 Wes tney Ro ad Sout h Ajax, Ontario L1S 4N7 Telephone: 1 -888-22 -NOKIA (1-888- 226-6542) Fax: 1-905-427-1 0 7 0
[ 7 ] About your phone 3 About your phone This section gives you a brief introduction to your phone and provides you with quick steps for making, answering, and managing your calls. The rest of this guide user provides complete details on phone use. Po w e r k e y Left soft key Send key Star key Microphone Display screen End key P oun d key Right soft key Number keys 2.5 mm headset jack Charging port Connection port 4-way scroll key Earpiece
[ 8 ] ⢠ANTENNAS Y our phone has three antennas: ⢠Internal antenna is always active. ⢠Whip antenna is active when fully extended. The GPS antenna is also internal and is activated when placing emergency ca ll s or when is selected from the Location info sharin g feature. For more information on Locati on info sharing , see âÂÂGPS (Location info sharing)â on page 62. Do not touch either antenna unnecessaril y when the phone is switched on. Contact with the antenna affects call quality and may cause the phone to operate at a higher power level than otherwise needed. While in a call, hold the phone to your ear , placin g your finger tips on the Nokia badge at the mid-center of the back cover (locate d below the antenna area on the back of your phone). ⢠BATTERY Install Warning: Use only the BLC-2 battery in this Nokia phone. 1 Remove the back cover . 2 Insert the battery with the label side up and the metal battery contacts aligned with the contact prongs on the phone. 3 Replace the cover by sliding it carefully over the whip antenna downward until you hear a click. Charge 1 Connect the charger to an AC wall outlet. 2 Connect the lead from the charger to the charging port located on t he bottom of the phone. 3 Disconnect the charger from the phone and AC outlet when the indicator bar stops scrolling. The battery can accept approximately one hour of additional charge. The message Battery Full displays. Note: For best performance, charge the battery for 24 hours before you use the phone. The charging time depends on the charger and battery you use. Whip antenna Internal antenna
[ 9 ] About your phone Important: Do not leave the battery connecte d to a charger for more than 72 hours, since prolonged maintenance charging co uld shorten its lifetime. Remove Warning: Use on ly your hands to remove the battery . Do not puncture, burn or use any objects that may damage the phone or the battery . Please recycle the battery , or dispose of the battery properly . Make sure the phone has been turned off for ten seconds. 1 Remove the back cover of the phone. 2 Place your index finger in the space at the bottom of the battery , and press toward the top of the phone. 3 Take ou t the b atte ry . RUIM card slot Y our phone has a RUIM card slot built into i ts mechanics. Howev er , the RUIM card slot is not functional in this phone model. Please avoid placing anything in this slot. Important battery information ⢠Recharge your battery only with a charge r approved by Nokia. ⢠Y ou can switch the phone on and use it for calls while the battery is charging. ⢠If the battery is completely discharged, it may take a few minutes for the battery indicator to appear on the screen. ⢠If you switch the p hone on af ter fully charging, the message Battery full dis plays momen tarily . ⢠Charging time depends on the charger and battery used. Please see âÂÂBattery informationâ on page 80, for more information. ⢠If the battery has become completely discharg ed, you may need to recharge it f or a few minutes before you can make or receive calls. Prolong battery li fe A battery lasts longer and performs better if you fully discharge it f rom time to time. To discharge your battery , leave your phone switched on until the battery drains completely . Ignore any messages to recharge your battery and let the battery complete ly discharge . Important: Do not attempt to discharge the battery by any means other than those just described. ⢠SWITCH YOUR PHONE ON OR OFF T o switch your phone on or off, press and hold the power key (located on the top of the phone) for tw o se conds . Warning: D o not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is pr ohibited or when it may cause interference or danger .
[ 1 0 ] ⢠CHECK THE STAR T SCREEN The start screen is the phoneâ s display when no calls are in progress, and there are currently n o menu or phone book entries displayed. Y ou can easily return to the start screen from any location (other than an active call) simply by pressing the End key . ⢠USE THE SOFT KEYS Note the two soft keys beneath the screen. The funct ion of these keys is determined by the word shown above them on the screen. For example, pressing the lef t soft key when the word Menu appears above it shows the first of many menus. Scroll through the m enus u sing the up scroll and down scroll keys. Likew ise, pre ssing the rig ht soft k ey when Contacts appears above it displays the phone book menu. ⢠USE THE SCROLL KEY Note the four-way scroll key in the center of the phone, beneath the scre en. The function of this key is to scroll through the differen t menus and lists within the phon e. Scroll left to decrease volume or to go directly to the Create menu. Scroll right to increase volume or to go dir ectl y to th e Calendar menu. ⢠LEARN ABOUT THE KEYS The following table contains a summary of how the various keys on your phone work. Ke y Description Po w e r : Press and hold to switch the phone on or off. Pressing this key momentarily displays a list of profiles that can be selected. Po w e r key also displays menu while using Minibrowser . Send key Send: Press the Send key to make a call to the name or number shown on the screen or to answer a call. Pressing this key when not in a call (or when not in the menu or phone book) displays a list of recently dialed numbers. Selection key s Scroll keys
[ 1 1 ] About your phone ⢠MAKE AND ANSWER CALLS Use the following table as a quick reference for ma king and answering calls. ⢠REVIEW PHONE SYMBOLS The following is a collection of the various indicators and icons you may s ee on your phone. End key End: Press the En d key to end a call, to silence the ring fro m an incoming call, or to exit the phone book or menus completely . Used as Ba ck key in Minibrowser . 0 through 9 Number: Use keys 0-9 to enter numbers and letters. Press and hold 1 to dial your voice mailbox. Press and hold 0 to launch the m inibrowser . ## k e y : Press the # key to change case of text, or to enable or disable predictive text input. */ * ke y: Press the * key to enter special c haracters (for example, punctuation) or access special characters menu. Tas k Instructions Make a call 1 Fully extend the whip antenna wh en placing or receiving calls. Enter the number using the keypad (include area code as needed). 2 Press the Send key . 3 Hold the phone as you would any ot her telephone, with the ear piece over your ear and the microphone near your mouth. Answer a call When your phone rings, press the Send key . End a ca ll Press the End key to terminate the active call. Reject a call Press the End key to silence the ring when y o u d o n â t w a n t t o a n s w e r a c a l l . Ke y g u a r d T o avoid accidental calls, press left soft key then * key to lo ck your keypad. Unlock keypad To unlock th e keypa d, pre ss Menu then the * key . Symbol Description A call is in progress Y ou have selected the Silent profile (silencing your phoneâ s ringer , keypad tones, warning tones, etc.) Ke yg u ard i s a ct i v e Ke y Description
[ 12 ] Y ou have one or more voi ce messages waiting Y ou have one or more unread text messages waiting Digital service is available Letters you enter appear as uppercase (ALL CAPS) Letters you enter appear in lowercase Letters you enter appear in sentence case (fi rst word in sentence capitalized) or title case (in phone book) Characters you enter appear as numbers Predictive text mode is active. Pr edictive text feature available for Calendar and for text messages Predictive text mode activate d. Characters you enter appear in sentence case (only first wo rd in sentence capitalized) Predictive text mode activate d. Characters you enter appear as uppercase letters Predictive text mode activate d. Characters you enter appear as lowercase letters Insert symbol mod e, used to ente r sp ecial characte rs such as punctuation marks The alarm clock is set Indicates that a reminder has expired Indicates you are roaming Indicates call over a secure connection Indicates that a headset is connecte d (either via the 2 .5mm jack or to the enhancement connector located at the bottom of phone) Indicates phone is in handsfree car kit Symbol Description
[ 13 ] About your phone ⢠MEMORY USE In your phone, Calendar Notes and BREW ap plic ations share a common pool o f memory (storage capacity). When either of these featur es are used, there is less available memory for the other feature which is also dependent on shar ed memory . This is especially true with heavy use of some features. If your use of a feature takes all of the shared memory , your phone may display a message saying Memory full. To proceed, you would need to delete some of the information or entries from these features to make additional memory space available. See âÂÂCheck memory statusâ on page 26, for more information. For example, entering 250 calendar notes may co nsume significant shared memory . Consequently , if you attempt to download a BREW content into your phone, a message saying Memory Full may appear . To proceed, you would need to delete so me of the items/information occupying the memory . ⢠VIEW HELP SYSTEM Y our phone provides brief de scriptions of menu options. To v iew h elp te xt s: 1 Scroll to a menu or subm enu option. 2 Wait about 15 seconds. A short message appear s, describing the option and what it does. 3 Use the scroll up and scroll down keys as needed to scroll through the text. Press Menu 4-2-5 to turn the phoneâ s help system on or off. ⢠BROWSE PHON E MENUS Y our phoneâÂÂs menu system displays choices you can make to change settings on your phone or gives you access to various phone features. Y o ur phone has 1 0 menus, plus the phon e book menu ( Contacts ). Each menu can contain seve ral levels of submenus. Indicates a c onnection to data network Indicates you have a minibrowser message Indicates TTY/TDD mode is active or Indicates Emergency is selected, and the phon eâÂÂs location information is shared only during an emerge ncy call t o the official emer gency number programmed into your phone. or Indicates Share lo cation is selected, the location information is shared with the network whenever the ph one is powered on and activated. Symbol Description
[ 14 ] A header line appears at the top of your screen when in the phone book or while navigating the menus. The header line provides you with a reminder of the phone book entry you are working with, or serves as a reminder of the menu or submenu with which you are working. A scroll bar appears on the right side of the screen when you scroll t hrough the main menu. A tab on the bar gives you a visual indication of your relative positio n in the menu structure. The menu number is located at the top of the scroll bar . Scroll through menus 1 At the start screen, press Menu , and scroll through the menus using the scroll up and scroll down keys. 2 Press Opti ons , Select , or OK , pressing the soft key for the option you want. 3 Use scroll and soft keys to navigate m enus; press the End key to return to start scree n. Use menu shortcuts Menus and options are numbered so that you can jump directly to the option you use frequently . The numbers appear in the top right corner of the screen and show your location in the menu. 1 Press Menu . 2 Within three seconds, press 3-4-1 ( Profiles > Outdoor > Select ). Scroll bar with tab Header line Menu num ber
[ 15 ] About your phone ⢠PHONE BOOK MENU From the start screen, press Contacts . The following phone boo k options are availa ble: Menu Menu (contâÂÂd.) Search Add new Edit na me Delete One by one Delete all Add number Options Scrolling view Name list Name number Memory status 1-touch dial ing View number Change Delete Vo i c e t a g s Playback Change Delete Own numb er Caller groups Family a Rename group Group ringing tone Group logo Group members Remove name Add name VIP Friends Business Other a. Menu options for VIP , Friends, Business, and Other are identical to F amily opt ions.
[ 16 ] 4 Phone setup Y our sales package may include the F M stereo HS-2 R heads et for ha ndsfree c ommun ications . Y ou can make, answer , and end ca lls as usu al with the FM stereo (HS-2R) headset connected. The he ads et fits into your ear and the microphon e hang s at the side of your head. When using this headset you can speak at a normal volume. Connect the headset 1 Plug the headset jack into the bottom of your phone. 2 Wrap the device around ea r . Y ou can use the HS- 2R button to answer or end a call, or activate voice dialing or voice comm ands. Y o u can also use th e Send key t o answer or the End key to end calls. Adjust the volume Adjustments to the ear piece volume can only be ma de during a call by pressing the scroll right key to increase volume or the sc roll left key to decr ease volume. Adjust the brightness Y ou can make the screen brighter or darker by pressing Men u 4-4-4 . Press the scroll right key or the scroll le ft key to adjust the brightness. Press OK to con firm your chan ges.
[ 17 ] Te xt e n t r y 5 T ext entry Warning: D o not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is pr ohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can enter letters, numbers, and special char acters from the phoneâÂÂs keypad when you use the phone book, calendar , and text messaging or while you browse the Internet. There are two text entry methods: tr aditional text entry and predictive text input. Y ou have four modes availa ble for enteri ng information, based on the type of data youâÂÂre enter ing (phone book, organizer notes or text messages): ⢠WRITE WITH ABC AND 123 MODES A status indicator in the upper left corner of your screen shows what mode you are using to enter info rmation into your phone ( phone book, calendar , or text messaging). Th e following table lists the characters you can use to enter t ext and numbers from your keypad: Mode The phone shows Use for ABC sentence or title case (first letter uppercase) all uppercase letters all lowercase letters Entering contacts, numbers or addresses in phone book Entering notes in Calendar Writing a text message 123 number entry Entering numbers Special characters special characters list Entering punctuation or special characters Predictive text in comb ina tio n wi th A BC m ode ind ica tor s Writing SMS text messages or calendar notes Ke y Characters Ke y Characters 1 . @?!-,&:âÂÂ1 7 P Q R S 7 2A B C 2 8 T U V 8 3D E F 3 9 W X Y Z 9 4 G H I 4 0 Space, 0, return 5 J K L 5 */ Special characters menu 6 M N O 6 # Changes letter case or mode.
[ 18 ] Pressing a key repeatedly cycles you through all of that keyâ s options. To enter a letter , press the appropriate key repeatedly until the desired le tter appears. Continue this process until the word or name is completed. Note: If the next letter in the word youâÂÂre en tering is on the same key , wait two to three seconds for the cursor to adv ance, and enter the new letter , or press the 0 key to advance the cursor . Important: Y our phoneâ s language settings may affe ct the characters associated with your phoneâ s keypad. For example: to enter the name â AlbertâÂÂ: Pres s the tw o ke y A Press the five key thre e times l Press the two key two times b Press th e th ree key t wo t ime s e Press the se ven key three times r Press th e eight ke y t Note: Default mode is sentence case where first letter of a name or sentence is automatically capitalized. Phone book default mode is title case where each word is capitalized. OTHER OPTIONS ⢠Delete mistakes âÂÂIf you make a mistake, press Clear to delete one character to the lef t. Press and hold the Clear key to speed up the erasing process. ⢠Enter a space âÂÂAfter you complete a word or name, press the 0 key to enter a space. ⢠Change letter case âÂÂPress the pound key to switch between the t ext entry modes or from uppercase and lowercase letters. ⢠To start a new line âÂÂPress the 0 key three times. Enter numbers Y our phone autom atically switches to 123 mode when entering a number into your phone book. When in ABC mode, you can insert numbers using an y of the following methods: ⢠Press and hold the pound key for two seconds to switch to 123 mode, and press th e desired number keys. Press and hold the pound key again to return to ABC mode. ⢠Press and hold the desired number key until the number appears on the display . ⢠Press the desired key repeatedly until the desired number appears. Enter punc tuation/other ch aracters Y ou can enter punctuation, special characters, and symbols for text messages, notes, phone book entr ies, or Internet browsing. Y ou can add pu nctuation or special characters by these methods: ⢠Press the one key repeatedly in ABC mode to cycle through the most common punctuation marks and sp ecial characters.
[ 19 ] Te xt e n t r y ⢠Press the * key to display the characters and scroll to highlight the desired character , and press Select . Important: Some networks may not support all language-dependent characters. Use special ch aracters in phone numbers Y ou can enter certain special characters in the ph one numbers you save. Press the * key repeatedly to cycle through the four special char acters available for phone numbers. * This character sends comm and strings to the network. Contact your service provider f or more information. This character is used to link a 1-touch dialin g loca tion to the number current ly being entered. p This character creates a pause that occurs wh en the phone dials a nu mber . Numbers entered to the right of this character are automatica lly sent as touch tones after a second pause. w This character causes the phone to wait for you to press Send . ⢠WRITE WITH PREDICTIVE TEXT Predictive text input enter s text quic kly . Predictive text uses a highly compressed database (or dictionary) of common words and tries to anticipate the word you are enter ing. Watching predictive text guess a word can b e confusing, so you should disregard the screen until you enter all characters. Example : To write âÂÂNokiaâÂÂ: What you p ress What y ou see Press the six key - N O Press the six key - o On Press the five - k On l Press the four key - i Onli Press th e tw o ke y - a Nokia
[ 20 ] K EYS AND TOOLS FOR PREDICTIVE TEXT T urn on predictive text input Y ou can turn on predictive text input from the Options menu whil e writing a text message. Once enabled, predictive text is available to all fe atures that support it. in the screenâ s upper left corner indicates predictive text is activ e. ENABLE PREDI CTIVE TEXT (QUICK METHOD) While creating a new text message or calendar note, press and hold the Options key for two seconds. The message T9 prediction on is displ ayed and the English language dictionary is enabled (or the most recently selected dictionary). Ke y Description 2 - 9 Use for text entry . Press each key only once per letter . Press and hold the key to enter the number . */ If the un derlined word is not the word you intended, press this key repeatedly until the word you want appears. Press and hold this key to display a list of punctuation and special characters. Spell If the word entered isnâÂÂt recognized, Spell appears above the left soft key . Press Spell , enter the desired wor d, and press Save . Clear Press once to delete the character to the left of the cursor . Press and hold to delete characters faster . 0 Press once to accept the word and add a space. Press and hold to ente r a zero . # Press and hold to enter mode. Enter the desired number , and press and hold again to return to predictive text. 1 Press once to add a period. Press 1 repeatedly to view other punctuation marks. Press once to add a punctuat ion mark that predictive text converts to an apostrophe. Press and hold to enter the numeral 1. # Press to switch between sentence case, lowercase, or uppercase modes or to switch to the above modes without predictive text.
[ 2 1 ] Te xt e n t r y T urn off pre dictive text input While creating a new text message, press and hold the Op tions key for two seconds, -OR- 1 Press Opti ons , scroll to Predictive text and press Select . 2 Scroll to Prediction of f , and pre ss Select . ⢠TIPS FOR PREDICTIVE TEXT Check a word When youâÂÂve finished writing a word and the word is correct as shown: ⢠Press the 0 key to confirm the word and enter a space. Continue with the next word. -OR- ⢠Insert a punctuation mark, and press the 0 key for a ne w sentence. If the displayed word is not correct: ⢠Press the * key repeatedly until the correct word appears, and press the 0 key to confirm your cho ice a nd cont inue. -O R- ⢠Press Option s , scroll to Matches , and press Select . Scroll to the co rrect word a nd press Use . ⢠Press the 0 key to confirm the word and enter a space. Tip: When you enter punctuation at the end of a sentence, the phone switches to sentence case. The first letter of the next word automatically appears in uppercase. ADD TO THE D ICTIONARY When your word is not in the dictionary , the left soft key becomes Spell . 1 Select Spell and enter the word using standard text entry . 2 Press Sav e to insert the correct word (and to save it to the dic tionary). INSERT NUMBERS AND SYMBOLS The procedur e for entering numbers with predicti ve text and standard text entry is the same. Please see âÂÂEnter numbersâ on page 18. The procedure for entering symbols with predicti ve text and standard text entry is the same. Please see âÂÂEnter punctuation/other charactersâ on page 18. WRITE COMPOUND WORDS 1 Write the first part of the compound word, and press the sc roll down key to accept that part. 2 Write the last part of the compound word. Press the 0 key to enter the word.
[ 22 ] 6 Contacts (Phone book) Y ou can save up to 500 entries (con tacts an d associated numbers) in your phone book. The phoneâÂÂs memory is capable of storing multiple numbers for each name (home, bu s in e s s, m o b i le , e tc . ) , as w e ll a s t ex t inform ation (postal address, e-mail address, or note). Note: The amount of detail stored for each entry may affe ct the total number of entries available. ⢠SAVE CONTACTS AND NUMBERS T o save contacts and numbers in your phone book. Follow these steps: SAVE A NUMBER AND NAME (US ING PHONE BOOK MENU) 1 Press Co ntacts . 2 Scroll to Add new and press Select . 3 Enter the name and press OK . 4 Enter the area code and phone number , and press OK . ⢠RECALL C ONTACTS AND NUMBERS There are several ways to recall phone book entries. Once you locate the desired name and number from the phone book, you can perform any of the following tasks: call the number , edit or add information to the selected phone book entry , or delete the entry . From the start screen, recall a phone book entry as follows: ⢠Press the scroll up or scroll down keys to display the phone book entries. Press repeatedly to scroll through the list of contacts. Tip: When viewing the list of contacts, enter th e first few letters of the desired entry . The phone book automatically jumps to that section of the phone book. ⢠Press Conta cts , select Search , enter the fir st few letters of the entry , and p ress Search . ⢠USE PHONE BOOK MENUS The phone book has seve ral menu options from which you can choose . These options ap pe ar when you press Contacts . Use the scroll keys to move to the option you want to use. Option Description of fu nction Search Allows you to search for a specific phone book entry Add new Allows you to add a new contact to your phone book Edit na me Allows you to edit the name of a phone book entry Delete Allows you to delete phone book entries one by one or all at once Add number Allows you to add a phone number to an existing contact
[ 23 ] Contacts (Phone book) Displaying the phone book Y our phone bookâÂÂs information can be displayed in two different ways: ⢠Name l ist âÂÂEntries displayed as a list of contacts. ⢠Name number âÂÂName and default number displayed. When viewing the phone book, use the scroll up or scroll down to move through the phone book entries. Change ph one book vi ew 1 Press Co ntacts , scroll to Opt ions , and press Selec t . 2 Select Scrolling view , and scroll to the view option you want. 3 Press OK to confirm your ch oice. ⢠EDIT A NAME OR NUMBER Y ou can edit a phon e book entry at any time. 1 Locate the phone book entry you wish to edit. 2 Press Details , and press Options. 3 Scroll to Edit name or E dit numb er and press Select . 4 Edit the name or number , and press OK . ⢠ADD A NUMBER TO A PHONE BOOK ENTRY There are several ways to add additional numbers to an existing phone book entry . Y our phoneâÂÂs memory book can store up to five numbers per entry . Once you choose to add a number , you can assign one of the following number types for the additional numbers: General , M obile , Hom e , Work , or Fa x . From the ph one book 1 Press Co ntacts , scroll to Add nu mber , and press Select . 2 Scroll to the entry you wish to modify , and press Ad d no. Options Displays a list of phone book options, including ph one book memory status and scrolling view . 1-touch dial ing Allows you to assign phone book entries to any of the 8 speed dialing locations Vo i c e t a g s Allows you to create and manage voice tags for voice dialin g Own nu mber Displays your phone num ber(s) Calle r grou ps Allows you to organize phone book entries into groups and categories and assign special ringing tones and graphics to the group Option Description of fu nction
[ 24 ] 3 Scroll to the category ( Gene ral , Mobile , Home , Wor k , or Fa x ), and press Select . 4 Enter the number and press OK . From the start scr een 1 Enter the phone number usin g the keypad, and press Options . 2 Scroll to Add to contact , and press Select . 3 Scroll to the desired phone book entry , and press Add . 4 Scroll to the desired number type and press Select . By recalling the name 1 Locate the phone book entry you wish to edit. 2 Press Details , and press Options ag ain . 3 Scroll to Add number , and press Selec t . 4 Scroll to the desired number type and press Select . 5 Enter the number and press OK . Change the number type When you create a new phone book entry , your phone automatically assigns the Genera l number type to the n ew number . Y ou can use the Option s menu to change the number type. 1 Recall the name from the phone boo k. 2 Press Details , and scroll to highlight the number you want to m odify . 3 Press Opti ons , scroll to Change type , and press Select . 4 Scroll to the number type you would like, and press Sel ect . Important: If you plan on using Nokia PC Suite to synchroni ze your phone book and your PCâ s PIM (Per sonal Information Manager) application, make sure all phone numbers are assigned the correct number type. PC Sync uses this information to synchronize contacts correctly be tween phone and PC. Learn about primary number If a phone book entry cont ains multip le numbers , the number entered when the phone book entry was created is desig nated as the prim ary number . W hen you high light a ph one book en try and press the Send key , you r phone di als the prim ary number . Consider designating the number you dial most often (for phone book entries containing multiple numbers per name) as the primary num ber . CHANGE PRIM ARY NU MBER Any phone number can be designated the primary number . 1 Recall the phone book entry you want to modify . 2 Press Details , and scroll to the number you want to set as the primary number . 3 Press Opti ons , scroll to As primary no . , and press Select .
[ 25 ] Contacts (Phone book) ⢠DELETE STOR ED CONTACTS AND NUMBERS Y ou can delete a number from a phone book entry , de lete all details of a contact, or delete the entire contents of your phone book. Once you delete information, it cannot be recovered. DELETE A NUMBER 1 Recall the phone book entry you want to modify . 2 Press Details , and scroll to the number you want to delete. 3 Press Opti ons , scroll to Delete number , and press Select , and OK . DELETE ENTIRE PHONE BOOK ENTRY 1 Highlight the phone book entry you want to delete, and press Details . 2 Press Opti ons . Scroll to Delete , and press Select . 3 Press OK to delete the phone book entry (including all details). DELETE THE ENTIRE PHONE BOOK 1 Press Co ntacts , scroll to Delete , and press Select . 2 Scroll to Dele te al l and press Select . 3 When you see the message Are you sure? , press OK . 4 Enter your security code, and press OK . Fo r mo re in forma tion on the secu rity code, see âÂÂSecurity codeâ on page 58. ⢠ADD OTHER INFORMATION TO A PHONE BOOK ENTRY Once you have created a contact, you can add an e-mail address, a mailing address, or a note to that contact. Note: Text information can only be added to existing contacts. For example, you cannot create a new contact with only an e-mail address. 1 Recall the phone book entry you want to modify . 2 Press Details , and press Options again. 3 Scroll to Add details , and press Select . 4 Scroll to the typ e of information you are ad ding ( E-mail , Street addr . , etc.), and press Select . 5 Enter the information, and press OK . 6 Press the End key to return to the start screen. ⢠USE CALLER GROUPS Y ou can group phone book entries with similar attributes into calle r groups : Family , VIP , Friends , Business , an d Other . Each group has two user-defined at tributes: Group Name and Gr oup Tone . Assign phon e number to a caller group 1 Recall the desired phone book entry , and press Detai ls . 2 Scroll to the desired phone number , and press Options . 3 Scroll to Caller groups , and pr es s Select . 4 Scroll to the desired caller group (for example F amil y ), and press Select .
[ 26 ] Edit caller grou p options Y ou can edit various aspects of a caller group. SETTING A RINGING TONE AND GRAPHIC FOR A CALLER GROUP 1 Press Contacts . 2 Scroll to Caller groups and press Select . 3 Scroll to one of the caller groups and press Select . 4 Scroll to one of the following fu nctions and press Select . ⢠Rename group âÂÂEnter the new name for the caller group and press OK. ⢠Group ringing tone âÂÂScroll to the desired tone and press OK . Default is the tone select ed for th e cur rently sele cted profi le. ⢠Group logo âÂÂChoose to turn the group logo on or off for the selected caller group. ⢠Group members âÂÂPress Select to view group members. To add or remove a member , press Options , a nd se lect Add n ame or Remove name . Note: If you selected Send graphic , enter the recipientâ s phone number or recall it from phone book and press OK . Check with your service provider for availability of this feature. ⢠CHECK MEMORY STA TUS Y ou can check the percentage of your phoneâÂÂs memory which is dedicated to the phone book, that is in use and the percen tage that remains available. 1 Press Co ntacts . 2 Scroll to Setting s , and press Selec t . 3 Scroll to Memo ry sta tus and press Select .
[ 27 ] Call log 7 Call log Warning: D o not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is pr ohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y our phone keeps a log (record) of call- related information including phone numbers and call times. Before your phone can log misse d or received calls properly: 1 Y ou must have a subscription to caller ID service from your service provider . 2 Y our phone must be turned on and i n a digital service area. 3 The caller did not choose to block his/h er caller ID. 4 Y our phoneâÂÂs time and date must be set. Note: If the incoming call has caller ID blocked, the number cannot be recorded in the call log. If you try to view the call log, the message No new numbers is displayed. ⢠CHECK MISSED, RECEIVED, OR DIALED CALL S Y our phone records information about the 60 most r ecently missed, received, and dialed calls (20 entries for each type of call). To view call log entries: 1 Press Menu 2 ( Call lo g ), and scroll to the desired call type ( Missed calls , Received calls , or Dialed numbers ), and press Select . 2 Use the scroll up and s croll down keys to view th e missed, received, or dialed calls. Scroll to the desired entry , and press Op tions . Note: If the phone numb er recorded by the call log matches a number stored in your phone book, the name of the phone book entry is displayed. View call log options The table below contains a list of optio ns available for all call log entries. Option Description Call time Shows the time when the call was miss ed, received or placed Send message Allows you to write and send a text message to numbers listed in the call log View number Displays the phone number when call log entry matches a n umber found in your phone book Use number Allows you to edit the number shown on the screen Save Saves the number in your phone book Add to name Adds the number to an existing phone book entry Delete Removes the number from the call log Call Redials the displayed number
[ 28 ] Use call log sho rtcuts MISSED CALLS When you miss calls, the message Missed calls appears on the screen along with the number of calls missed. Important: Y ou are notified of missed calls only if your phone was turned on and you are in a digital service area. Note: If you chose the Forward if not answered option in Call Forwarding , your phone treats these forwarded calls as missed calls. DIALED NUMBERS Y ou can view the list of dialed calls without having to ac cess the Call log menu. F rom t he start screen: 1 Press the Send key to display the most recently dialed call. 2 Use the scroll up or the scroll down keys to view the other call log entries. 3 Press the Send key again to redial the number or press Op tions to work with the selected call log entry . ⢠DELETE RECENT CALL LISTS Yo u r p h o n e âÂÂs Call log uses call lists to store numbers of incoming, outgoing, and missed calls. Use the Dele te recen t call lists menu to delete the log of phone n umbers dialed , received, or missed. The All option clears all num bers in all lists, whereas the other opt io ns c lea r on ly th e nu mb ers associated with that list. Caution: Th is operation cannot be undone. Clearing the Dialed numbers call list clears the list of dialed calls accessed by pressing the Send key . 1 Press Menu 2-4 ( Call log > Delete recent call list s ). 2 Use the scroll up or the scroll down ke ys to highlight the desired option: Al l , M issed , Dialed or Receive d . 3 Press Selec t to confirm your selection. ⢠USE CALL TIMERS Y our phone uses call t imers t o t r a c k t h e a m o u n t o f t i m e y o u s p e n d o n e a c h c a l l . Y o u c a n r e v i e w phone use by checking the phoneâ s call tim ers. Important: The actual time invoiced for calls by your service provider may vary , depending upon network features, rounding-off for billing, and so forth. ACCESS THE VARIOUS CALL TIMERS: 1 Press Menu 2-5 ( Call log > Ca ll timers ). 2 Use the scroll up or the scroll down keys to move through these options: Option Description Duration of last call Displays elapsed time of the last call you made Duration of received calls Displays total time for all incoming calls
[ 29 ] Call log ⢠T URN ON A CURRENT CALL TIMER Y our phone can display a call timer showing elaps e d time of the current call. When the call is completed, the timer displays the call length. 1 Press Menu 2-5-1-1 ( Ca ll lo g > Call timer s > Duration of last call > Show call time on display ). 2 Scroll to On and press OK . After a call ends, press an y ke y to cl ear th e cur rent call tim e. ⢠CLEAR CALL TIMERS 1 Press Menu 2-5-6 ( Call l og > Call timers > Clear t imers ). The Lock code field appears. 2 Enter your lock code and press OK . Caution: This action cannot be undone. Tip: If you use call timers to log the time spent on calls, record the information from call timers before you clear them. ⢠DATA TIMERS (DATA/FAX AND MINIBROWSER) The call log records and displ ays the lengt h of digital data /fax calls, a s well as meter s the amount of da ta t ran sfer red duri ng data /fax call s. Th e c all log also records this same information when you use the Minibrowser to access the wireless Inter net. Access data- related call timer ⢠Access data/fax call timers: Press Men u 2-6 ( Call log > Data/fax calls ) ⢠Access minibrowser call timers: Press Menu 2 -7 ( Call log > Mini browser calls ) Data-rela ted call tim er optio ns The following call timer options are ava ilable for data/fax and browser calls: ⢠Last sent (or received) data/fax âÂÂamount of data displayed in kilobytes (KB) ⢠All sent (or received) data/fax âÂÂamount of data displayed in KB ⢠Duration of last data/fax call âÂÂlength of time spent on last data call or browser session. ⢠Duration of all data/fax calls âÂÂrunning total of all calls. ⢠Clear all data/fax logs âÂÂclears all timers and data logs. Minibrowse r timer options The available options for the minibrowser call timers are similar to those listed above for data/fax calls. Duration of dialed calls Displays total time for all outgoing calls Duration of all calls Displays sum total for all inco ming and outgoing calls Life timer Shows the time used for all calls for the life of the phone. This option cannot be reset. Clear timers Clears (deletes) al l call timers except Life timer Option Description
[ 30 ] 8 V oice mailbox Warning: D o not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is pr ohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . V oice mail is a feature that enables those who call you to leave a voice message, in the event you are unabl e to answer your phone. Using your phone in conjunc tion wit h yo ur service providerâÂÂs voice mail system, you can retrieve yo ur messages at any time. Note: Check with your local service provider to subscribe to and use this feature. ⢠STORE YOUR VOICE MAILBOX NUMBER Before you can retrieve any voice messages, you need to store your voice mailbox number in your phone: 1 Press Menu 01-2-3 ( Me ssages > V oice messag es > V oice mailbox number ). 2 Enter your voice mailbox phone number , and press OK . Y our voi ce mailbox number can be up to 32 digits long. Note: If your pho ne number changes, you may need to re-enter your voice mailbox number . Tip: Y ou can store your voice mailbox password and/or PIN num ber as a part of your voice mailbox number . For more information, please see âÂÂSave touch tones as a phone book entryâ on page 55. ⢠SET GREETINGS V oice greetings may vary in different wireless systems. If you need information about how to recor d you r greetin g, con tact your ser vice p rovid er . ⢠LISTEN TO YOUR VOICE MESSAGES Note: The way you retrieve your voice messages varies, depending on your service provider . Call your service provider if you have any questions. LISTEN TO MESSAGES WHEN NOTIFIED If your phone plays an alert tone and New voice message is displayed, press Listen and follow the prompts. If youâÂÂd rather listen to your messages later , press Exit . LISTEN TO MESSAGES LATE R ⢠From the start screen, press and ho l d the one key for two seconds. -OR- ⢠Press Menu 0 1-2-1 ( Mess ages > V oice messag es > Listen to voice messages ). The message Calling voice mailbox appears on the screen. Follow the audio prompts fr om the voice mail system to review your messages.
[ 3 1 ] T ext messages 9 T ext messages Warning: Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibi ted or when it may cause int erference or danger . Y ou can use the M essages menu (Men u 1) and Sh ort Message Service (SMS) to read, write and send text messages to another phone in your network. Y ou may also be able to use the Minibrowserâ s e-mail feature to send text messages to phones in other networks. Important: When sending SMS m essages, your phone may display the words Message Sent (where service is available). This is an indication that the message has been sent by your phone to the SMS network. This is not an indication that the message has been received at the in tended destination. For more details about SMS services, check with your service provider . Note: This function can be used only if it is supported by your network operator or service prov ider . Only devices t hat offer compatible e-mail feat ures can receive and display messages. It may require a separate subscription. ⢠WRITE A TEXT MESSAGE Y o u can use the Messages menu to create and send text messages to another mobile phone in your network, to another mobile phone in anothe r network, or to an e-mail rec ipient. Y ou can also save a draft of your message in the Outbox folder for later use. Create and send a text message Important: Use th is method when sending a message to recipients in the same wireless network. If the recipient has a different se rvice provider , you may need to send the message as an e-mail (see âÂÂCreate and send an e-mail messageâ on page 34). 1 From the start screen, press Menu , and select Messages . 2 Select Text messages , and select Create message . 3 Select either Te xt (up to 9 12 characters) or Numeric pa ge (phone number only). Note: The ability to s end a numerical page may be dependent on your wi reless network. Please cont act your service provid er for more inf ormation on text messaging in your area. 4 Scroll to Add number , and press Selec t . 5 Enter the phone number of the recipient, and press OK . OR Press Search , highlight the desired number stored in your phone book, and press Select . 6 Press Opti ons , scroll to Enter t ext , and pres s Select . 7 Enter your message. A character counter appears in the upper right-hand corner of the display . This phone supports 9 12 character SMS messages. 8 To send the message, press Option s , and select Send .
[ 32 ] USE OTHER OP TIONS Y ou may us e the following as a shortcut for sending a new text message: 1 Enter the recipientâÂÂs phone number , and press Options . 2 Scroll to Send message, and press Select . Continue the creation process as described abov e. View message options The table below lists several options available while creating a text message. T o view these options, press Options at the text ent ry screen. Option Description Send Sends the current text message to the recipient(s) List recipients Allows to you add or remove re cip ients to th e mess age Settings Allows you to mark a message as ur gent, to request a delivery receipt or to specify a callback number Save message Saves the current message to the desired folder Clear screen Clears the screen of all text and characters Exit editor Use d to r etu rn to the Mess ages menu Insert contact Used to insert a phone book entry into the text message Insert numb er Used to insert a phone book number into the text message Use template Adds text from a template to the current message Add-ins Add sounds, pictures or animations to a message Styles Change the font type, font size and alignment of message text Predictive text Allows you to enable or disable predictive text entry . Also used to select language of dictionary used Matches Displays a list of other options for the word currently displayed by predictive text
[ 33 ] T ext messages Use enhanced messagin g options to create and se nd messages Enhanced messaging functions in the same manner as text messaging, but it offers additional options for the style and content of text messages. Note: Enhanced messaging services are not suppor ted by all networks or providers. The ability to send or receive an enhanced messa ge is network dependent. Check with your local service provider for more information on these options. ADD SOUNDS, ANIMATIONS OR PICTURES TO A MESSAGE 1 Create a new text message as described in step s 1-5 in the section, âÂÂCreate and send a text messageâ on page 3 1. 2 Press Opti ons . 3 Select Add-ins . 4 Select Soun d , Animation or Pictu re . Y ou can select from ten different soun ds, 15 different animations and eight different pictures. These items can be added to your te xt message. Y ou can attach multiple items to an outgoing text message. CHANGE THE FONT STYLE OF A MESS AGE 1 Create a new text message as described in step s 1-5 in the section, âÂÂCreate and send a text messageâ on page 3 1. 2 Press Opti ons . 3 Select Styles. 4 Select Font type , Fon t size or Text align ment . 5 Scroll to the option you would like to apply to the text message and press Selec t . Note: Y ou can apply multiple options to each message you create. ⢠USE MESSAGE TEMPLATES T emplates are short, prewritten messages which can be inserted i nto new text messages. 1 Create a new text message as described in step s 1-6 in the section, âÂÂCreate and send a text messageâ on page 3 1. 2 To use a template, press Opti ons , scroll to Use template , and press Select . 3 Scroll to one of the available templates: âÂÂPlease callâ âÂÂI am late. I will be there atâ âÂÂIâÂÂm at home. Please callâ âÂÂSee you inâ âÂÂIâÂÂm at work. Please callâ âÂÂSee you atâ âÂÂIâÂÂm in a meeting, call me later atâ âÂÂSor ry , I canâÂÂt help you on this.â âÂÂMeeting is canceled .â âÂÂI will be arriving atâÂÂ
[ 34 ] 4 Press Selec t to enter the text into your new message. 5 Complete the process described earlier to send your message. Y ou can also create a new message wh ile browsing the T emplates folder . 1 Press Menu 01-1-5 ( Me ssages > Text messages > Templates ). 2 Scroll to the desired template, and press Select . 3 Press Opti ons , and select Edit to modify the message or Use number to se lect a re cipient. 4 From the message options list, selec t Send to se nd y our me ssage . ⢠LEARN ABOUT E-MAIL TEXT MESS AGES Y ou can also use the Messages menu to write and send text messages to a personâ s Internet or corporate e-mail account or to phones in other networks. If the phone displays Cannot Send to e-mail recipients , your message will not be delivered to computer e-mail addresses, but it will be delivered to compatible phones that can receive e-mails. Create and send an e-mail message Use the same procedure for crea ting and sendin g e- mail messages as found in the section, âÂÂWrite a te xt messageâ on page 3 1. However , select Add e-mail , and enter the e-mail address (or press Searc h and recall an e-mail address stored in your phone book). Messages to phones in other networks Most service providers can route e-mail messages to your pho ne (app earing a s text mes sages) . The following show examples of how your phoneâÂÂs e-mail address may appear: 2135551234@myservicep rovider.com username@serviceprovi der.com 2135551234@mobile.mys erviceprovider.com Sending messages outside your service providerâÂÂs network with traditional text messaging can be difficult. How ever , you can send a text messa ge as an e- mail to phones outside your service providerâ s network (the recipientâ s phone mu st be able to receive e-mail text messages ). Follow the instructions, âÂÂWrite a text messageâ on page 3 1 but select Add e-mail . Enter the e-mail address associated with the recipientâ s phone num ber (or press Search and rec all the e-mail address stored in your phone book). Important: This feature may require subscrip tion to special s ervices. Check with your service provider for infor mation and for your phoneâÂÂs e-mail address. ⢠REC EIVE TEXT MESS AGES When you rec eive a text message, the indicator and the text : (#) Mes sag e(s) receiv ed appears on the screen (where # i s the number of ne w me ssa ge s r ece ive d) . 1 Press Sho w to read the message or press Exit to view it later . 2 While reading the message, press Optio ns to view the list of message options, and press Select to choose the desired option.
[ 35 ] T ext messages READ ME SSAGES LA TER 1 Press Menu , a nd se lect the Messages menu, and T ext messages . 2 Scroll to Inbox , and press Select . 3 Scroll to the desired message, and press Select to read the message. Note: The icon in front of the message header indicates the message has not been read. in front of the messag e header indicates you have already view ed the message. ⢠RESPOND TO A TEXT MESSAGE Y ou have several options when reading a text message. Press O ptions to display the choices: Note: Some options may n ot be visible. For example, Use Web link appears only when a URL is in the SMS message. ⢠REPLY TO A MESSAGE Y ou can reply to a text message by a traditional text message or by an e-mail me ssa ge . T he message origin or the senderâ s wireless ne twork affects how you reply to the message. Replying via SMS 1 While viewing a message, press Options . 2 Scroll to Reply and press Select . Option Description Message details Gives information about the message, such as date, time and senderâÂÂs phone number Delete Deletes the current message Reply Allows you to reply to the current message Use number Captures phone nu mber in the message (or from the message sender) with the option to Sav e (as new phone book entry), Add to n ame , Send message , or Call Save Saves current message to Archives folder Forward Use to forward current message to another user Rename Used to rename existing message ti tle as seen in the message list Use Web link Captures the URL in the message and allows you to go dire ctly to that site (via the Minibrowser) or to save it as a bookmark Save address Captures an e-mail address (or the sen der of a n e-ma il text m essag e)
[ 36 ] 3 Scroll to one of the following reply types and press Select : ⢠Em pty screen âÂÂgives you an empty text buffe r ⢠Orig inal text âÂÂincludes original m essage in the reply message ⢠Te m pl a t e âÂÂallows you to select a template from the Templates fol der ⢠Standard answer templates (including: See you in, See you at, Sorry , I canâÂÂt help you on this., I will be arr iving at, Please call, IâÂÂm at home, IâÂÂm a t work, IâÂÂm in a meeting ). 4 After you write your reply , press Options , and select Send . A copy of all sent messages (up to the memory lim it) remain in your Ou tbox, unless you turn this feature off in Message setti ngs . Press Back to return to the M essages menu, or press the End key to re turn to the start screen. Replying to an e-mail message Use the methods described above for reply ing to SMS messages sent from an e-m ail address. Note: If the incom ing e-mail message is impr operly formatted, you may be required to re-enter the e-mail address by pressing Option s , and then selecting Add e-mail. ⢠DELETE MESS AGES Y ou can erase individual messages or the contents of a folder . Y ou can delete older or unwanted messages to free up memory for new messages. The Messa ges menu has these delete options: ⢠All read âÂÂdeletes all read messag es from all folders (unread messages in Inbox remain intact) ⢠Inbox âÂÂdel etes read messages in this fold er (unread m essages remain intact) ⢠Outbox âÂÂdeletes all messages in this folder ⢠Archive âÂÂdeletes all mess ages in this folder Erasing messages in the message folders 1 At the start scr een, press Menu 0 1-1-7 ( Messages > Text messages > Delete messages ). 2 Highlight the folder whose contents you want deleted and press OK . 3 Enter your security code (if prompted) and pre ss OK . For m ore in for matio n on s ecurit y cod e, see âÂÂSecurity codeâ on page 58. Erasing individual text message s 1 Fr om th e Inbox , Outbox , or Archive folder , highlight the message you wish to delete. 2 Press Opti ons , scroll to Delete and press Select . 3 Press OK to confirm your ch oice.
[ 37 ] T ext messages Forward a message Y ou can forward any incomin g text messages, wh ether they were sent as traditional text messages or as e-mail messages. Y ou can forward a mess a g e t o a s i n g l e u s e r o r t o a l i s t o f u s e r s . Tip: When forwarding a message to multiple us ers, your reci pient list can contain both phone numbers and e-mail addresses. 1 While viewing a message, press Options . 2 Scroll to Forward and press Selec t . 3 Select Add e-mail or Add number , and address the message. For multiple recipients, press Options again, and add e-m ail addresses or phone numbers. 4 Press Opti ons , scroll to Send , and press Select . To edit the f orward e d message, select Edit text from the opt ions menu before sending the message. View a messag eâ s setting s Y ou ca n ass ign the following sett ings from the messageâ s Options menu: ⢠Urgent âÂÂsends the message marked urge nt and appears in recipientâ s Inbox with higher priority than other messages ⢠Deliv . note âÂÂlets you know when your message has been delivered ⢠Callback no. âÂÂincludes your number (or a number you enter or recall f rom the phone book) in the body of the message ASSIGN MESSAG E OPTIONS 1 After entering text, press Options. Scroll to Settings and press Selec t . 2 Scroll to the desired setting, and press Mark . 3 Press Done , and press Ye s to save changes to your message. 4 Scroll to Send , and press Select (or select a different menu option). Learn about message memory Messages are stored in the following locations: ⢠Inbox âÂÂstores new messages and read mess ages ⢠Outbox âÂÂsaves copies of all sent message s or messages waiting to be sent (in the event the network is temporarily unavailable) ⢠Archive âÂÂused to file read messages and se nt messages for long-term storag e A blinking icon indicates the text message memory is full. Y ou cannot receive, save, or send mes sages, until yo u delete o lder messages f r om y ou r Inbox , Outbox , or Archive . ⢠MESSAGE SETTINGS Specify several settings that affec t the overall way your phone handles text messaging. Use ( Menu 0 1-1-8 ) to configure the following: ⢠Send ing opt ions âÂÂused to spec ify normal or urgent priority , request delivery note, or specify
[ 38 ] that a callback number be sent automatically . ⢠Other settings âÂÂused to specify t he font size in which messages will be displayed. Also used to configure how your phone automatically ha n dles incoming messages when your Inbox or Outbox are full, and saving copies of sent messages automatically . If the phone has Enhanced Messaging Services, and you can control the playback of sounds sent to your phone in messages. ⢠ORGANIZE TEXT MESSAGES USING FOLDERS Y ou have several options for storing and organi z ing your text messages. The following pages explain further about the various folder options. ⢠Inbox âÂÂText messages you recei ve remain stored in your Inbox until you delete them or move them to the Archive folder . ⢠Outbox âÂÂMessages that canâÂÂt be sent immediately ca n be saved so you can come back to it later . Y our phone stores the message in the Outbox . If you try to send a text message and the netw ork is unavailable, the message is saved in the Outbox . W ORK WITH MESSAGES SAV ED IN THE OUTBOX 1 Fr om th e T ext messages menu, scroll to Ou tbox and press Select . 2 Scroll to the desired message, and press Select . 3 Press Opti ons , and press Resend (or Edit if the messa ge was a sa ved draf t). From this point, you have several options, including: â¢S e l e c t Edit me ssage and contin ue working with the message. ⢠Scroll to Add e-m ail , Add number , or Add list to add additional recipients. ⢠Scroll to Send , and press Select to send the message.
[ 39 ] P ersonalization 1 0 P ersonalization Warning: D o not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is pr ohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠LEARN ABOUT PROFILES A profile refers to a group of settings you can use to customize the way your phone works. Y ou can u se existing profiles or you can customize a profile to suit y our own preferences. Y ou can cu stomize: ringing options, vibrating alert, ringing tones, volume, keypad, screen saver , welcome note alert tones and warning tones. Y our phone h as five profiles: Normal (default), Silen t , Meeting , Outdoor , and P ager . ⢠SELECT A DIFFER ENT PROFILE QUICK METHOD 1 Press the power ke y briefly . 2 Use the scroll keys to highligh t the profile you want to use, and press OK to se lect a profile. USE PR OFILES MENU 1 Press Menu 3 ( P rofiles ). 2 Scroll to the profile you want to use, and press Selec t . 3 Press Selec t again to choose the highlighted profile. ⢠CUSTOMIZE A PROFILE 1 Press Menu 3 ( P rofiles ). 2 Scroll to the profile you want to customize, and press Select . 3 Scroll to Customize , and press Select . Set ringing op tions Y ou can choose how your phon e rings to notify you of in coming calls. This setting does not affect text message alert tones. 1 From a profileâ s Customize menu, scroll to Ringing optio ns , and press Select . 2 Scroll to one of the ringing options described below , and press Select . Option Description Ring The phone rings normally . Ascending Ringing volume begins softly , and increases in volume if the phone is not answered. Ring once The phone rings once to indicate an incoming call.
[ 40 ] Important: The Silent or Beep on ce ringing option disable s any melody you may choose . To hear a ringing tone while editing, make sure a diffe rent ringing option is sel ected. Y our phone can vibrate, indicating an incoming call (in addition to playing a ringing tone). Enabling a vibrating alert while selecting the Sile nt option causes your phon e only to vibrate on incoming call. Important: The phone does not vibrate when connected to o r placed in a charging d evice. Important: If yo u choose Off , no keypad tones are heard. The Silent profile automatically turns keypad tones off. Set a ringin g tone A ringing tone is the melody your phone plays when yo u receive a call. Y ou can set the ringing tone to a specific sound effect, or to a melody . Y ou r phone has two types of ring tones. I t can store MIDI tones and buzzer tones. Important: The Silent or Beep once ringing option disables any melody . T o hear a ringing tone while editing, make sure one of the other ringing options is selected. 1 From a profileâ s Customize menu, scroll to Ringing tone and press Select . 2 Scroll through the options and listen until you hear a tone you want and press Select . Set ringing volume Y ou can set the default ringing volume for incoming calls an d alert tones. ⢠From a pr ofileâÂÂs Customize menu, scroll to Ri nging volum e and press Select . ⢠Scroll to an option and listen. When you hear the ringing volume you wish to use, press Sel ect . W allpaper Y ou can set your phone to display a background pictu re (wallpaper) on the start screen. Wallpaper is only shown when the phone is in idle state. Some pictures are pre-saved in the graphics folder of the Gallery m e nu . Yo u ca n a ls o tr an s fe r i m ag e s wi th f ro m y o u r P C an d t he n save them in the Gallery . Y ou r phone supports JPEG, GIF , TIFF , BMP , and PNG formats. SELECT WALLPAPER 1 Press Menu 4-4 ( Setting s > Display settings ), and Select Wallpape r . After a brief pause, On , Off , and Change image appear in the display . 2 Select Change image from the list of options to activate wallpaper . 3 Use the scroll keys to browse the image gallery . When you arrive at the image of your choice, press Options , scroll to Set as wallpaper , and pre ss Select . 4 If Replace current wallpaper? appears in the display , press OK . A message appears in the display confirming your selection. Beep once The phone beeps once to indicate an in coming call. Silent The phone makes no sound. Option Description
[ 4 1 ] P ersonalization ACTIVATE/DEACTI VATE WALLPAPER 1 Press Menu 4-4 ( Setting s > Display settings ) and select Wallpaper . After a brief pause, On , Off , and Change image appear in the display . 2 Scroll to On or Off and press Select . Color schemes Y ou can change the color of some display com pon ents in your phone, such as indicators and signal bars. 1 At the start scr een, press Menu 4-4-2 ( Settings > Display settings > Color sch emes ). After a brief pause, a list of color schemes appear in the display . 2 Scroll to the color scheme of your choice and press Select . A message appears in the display confirming your selection. â¢S C R E E N S A V E R This option allows you to use as a screen saver wh en your phone is in th e idle mode. The screen saver will be a digital clock which indicates the current time saved in your phone clock, and it is displayed on half of the screen. Note: Y our phone enters idle mode only when no activi ty is taking place. Customize screen saver The scree n saver can b e cu stomized by adjusting the Ti meout and Maximu m time settings. Tip: To minimize impact on battery performance , use longer Timeout settings and/or shorter Maximum time settings. ADJUST TIMEOUT SETTINGS The Timeout setting allows you to det ermine how long the phone must be in idle mode before the screen saver is activated. The default timeout setting for sc reen saver is 2 minutes. To adjust this setting: 1 Press Menu 4 (Settings) . 2 Scroll to Disp lay se ttings and press Select . 3 Scroll to Screen saver timeout and press Select . 4 Select 2 minutes , 5 minutes and Othe r . The m inimum value for Othe r is 5 seconds and the maximum value is 60 minutes. â¢G A L L E R Y Y ou can save pictures and ringing tones to folders in the gallery , or create f olders of your own and save them there. Y ou can also download images and tones. Note: This f eature uses shared m emory . Please se e âÂÂCheck memory statusâ on page 26 for more inform ation. Note: Y our phon e must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger .
[ 42 ] Open the Gallery At the start scr een, press Menu 5 ( Gallery ). After a brief pause, the submenus in the following table appear in the display . View folders 1 At the start scr een, press Menu > Gallery > View folders , and then press Sel ect . A list of folders appear in the display . If View folders does not appear , then proceed to the following step. 2 Scroll to a folder , su ch as Graphics or To n e s and press Open . 3 Scroll through the list of graphics or tones, and press Option s . Press Select to activate the option or to enter its submenu. ⢠RENAME PROFILES Y ou can rename any profile except Normal . Y ou may want to use yo ur own name for a pr ofil e. When you select this profile, your name appea rs on the start scr een. 1 Press Menu 3 ( P rofiles ). 2 Scroll to the desired profile and press Select . 3 Select Customize , scroll to Pro file name an d press Select . 4 Enter the new name and press OK . Option Function View folders Expl ore the folders in the gallery menu. See âÂÂView foldersâ in the following section for more info Add folder Add a folder of your own Delete folder Delete a folder youâÂÂve created Rename folder Rename a folder youâÂÂve created Option Function Open Open the selected file; in the Tones folder , this option is named Play Delete Delete the selected f ile Move Move the file to another folder Rename Rename the select ed file Set as wallpaper/ Set as ring tone Set the graphic as wallpaper . In the Tones folder , this option is Set as ringing ton e ; the tone is applied to profile in use Details View details of the file, such as the name, time and date the file was created Sort Sort the files according to date, type, name, or size
[ 43 ] P ersonalization Note: Y ou cann ot rename the Normal profile. Select and customize an enha ncement profile Note: Y ou must have an enhancement (such as a loopset) attached to your phone prior to selecting the Enhan cement set tings me nu. T o select and customize profiles for use with the headset, handsfree device (car kit), loopset, and TTY/TDD: 1 Press Menu 4-5 ( Se ttings > Enhan cement settings ). 2 Scroll to one of the following Enhancement profile s and press Select : Handsfree, Headset, Loopset, or TTY/TDD. HANDSFREE For Handsfree, scroll to an option and press Select to enter the submenu and modify the settings. ⢠Default profile âÂÂChoose the profile to be activated automatically when your phone is connected to a car kit. ⢠Automatic answer âÂÂCalls are answered a utomatically af ter one ring when your phone is connected to a car kit. Scr oll to On or Off and press Select . ⢠Lights âÂÂChoose to keep the phone lights always on or to shut off automa tically after several seconds. Scroll to On or Autom atic and press Select . HEADSET The Default profile and Automatic answer options are your available choices. Please refer to âÂÂHandsfreeâ for more information. LOOPSET The Default profile and Au tomatic answer options are available. Please re fer to âÂÂHandsfreeâ for a description of these options. In addition, the following option is available: Use loopset âÂÂEnable use of the LPS-4 mobile inductive loopset. Scroll to Ye s or No and press Select . TTY/ TDD The following options are available. Scroll to the option of your choice and press Select to ent er the optionâ s submenu and modify its settings. Use TTY/TDD âÂÂEnable the use of a TTY/TDD device. Scroll to Ye s or No and press Select . Note: If the loopset is enabled, youâÂÂll be asked to disable the loopset before enabling TTY/TDD. Press Ye s to disable the loopset (thus enabling TTY/TDD). Press No to leave the loopset enabled. ⢠TIMED PROFILES T o activate a profile for a specific amount of time (up to 24 hours), you can utilize the Timed setting. 1 Press Menu 3 ( Profiles ) and scroll to the desired profile. 2 Scroll to Timed and press Select .
[ 44 ] Set the expiration time (for example: 5:30 pm). When the timed profile expires, the previous profile is reactivated. ⢠SET THE DISPLAY LANGUAGE Y ou can set your phone to display these lang uages: English, Spanish or Portuguese. 1 Press Menu 4-2-1 ( Settings > Phon e settings > Language ). 2 Scroll to the language you want to use and press Select . ⢠SET THE CLOCK Y our phone contains a real-time clock that can be set two different ways: the clock can use the time and date information provided by the wi reless system or the time can be set manually . The clock will display the current time and date on the start screen. Y ou can also choose to hide the clock if you pre fer . Please see âÂÂDisplaying or hiding the clockâ on page 45. Note: Y our phone has an alarm clock. For more information, see âÂÂUse the alarm clockâ on page 64. Manually setting the clock 1 Press Menu 4-3-1 ( Setti ngs > Time setting s > Clock ). 2 Scroll to Set the time , and press Select . 3 Enter the current time, and press Select . For example, to enter 7:30, enter 0 730. 4 Scroll to am or pm , and press Select . Selecting tim e format 1 Press Menu 4-3-1 ( Setti ngs > Time setting s > Clock ). 2 Scroll to Time format , and press Select . 3 Scroll to either 24-hour or am/pm , and press Select . Allowing the ne twork to set the clo ck 1 Press Menu 4-3-3 ( Setti ngs > Time setting s > Auto u pdate of d ate and time ). 2 Scroll to On (or Confirm first ), and press Select . Important: If yo u use the Auto update of date and time option while outside you r digital network, you may be prompted to enter t ime ma nua lly ( see above ). Network time will replace th e tim e and dat e wh en you re- ente r y ou r di git al n et work . Note: If your battery has been removed or has drained outside the digital network, you may be prompted to enter your own time (once the battery is replaced/recharged, and youâÂÂre still outside of the digital network).
[ 45 ] P ersonalization Displaying or h iding the clock 1 Press Menu 4-3-1 ( Setti ngs > Time settings > Clock ). 2 Depending on the current settings, either Hide clock or Show clock is highlighted. 3 Press Selec t . ⢠CUSTOMIZE TH E WELCOME SC REEN Y ou can set your phone to display a brief message each time you switch o n your p hone. Th e mes sage ca n inclu de you r name or a reminder and can be up to 44 ch aracters long. Create a startup message 1 Press Menu 4- 2-3 ( Settings > Phone settings > We l c o m e no te ). 2 En ter th e tex t o f the startu p m essag e (us ing tr adi tiona l tex t ent ry). 3 Press Opti ons , and select Save . ⢠LEARN ABOUT VOICE COMMANDS The voice command f eature pr ovides handsfree op eration of certain menu opti ons and commands. Just like voice dialing, you must create a voic e âÂÂtagâ for the commands you want to use (please read â Assign a voice tag to a phone numberâ on page 5 2 for detailed information on voice tags). The following is a list of menu options for use with voice comm ands: Create a voice tag for a menu optio n Important: Please see âÂÂImportant notes about voice tagsâ on page 52 for more information on creating voice tags. 1 Press Menu 7-2 ( Vo ic e > V oice commands ). 2 Scroll to the menu option you wish to tag, and press Select . 3 Press Opti ons , and select Add command . 4 Press Start . After the tone sound s, speak the vo ice tag clearly into the microphone. The phone replays then saves the recorded tag. The icon appears next to commands which have voice tags assigned. Option Description Profiles Used to switch between the available profiles ( Normal , Silent , Mee ting , Outdoor , a nd P ager ) V o ice mailbox Used to access you r voice messages Recorder Used to start recording a memo Call log Used to access the Call log menu
[ 46 ] Use a voice com mand Warning: Do not use voice command in an emer gency situation. In emergencies, stress causes changes in your voi ce, wh ich may keep the phone from recog nizing your voice command. 1 At the start screen, pre ss and hold Contacts for one to two seconds . A tone is heard and Please speak now is displayed. 2 After the tone, clearl y speak the voice tag that y ou recorded previously into the microphone. The only other option for initiating a voice command is to press the headset button momentarily at the start screen. The al ert tones play through the headset. Speak the voice tag into the heads et microphon e. The voice tag will playback through the headset to confirm your choice. W ork with voice tags Y ou can listen to an existing voice tag, rerecord a voice tag, or delete an existing tag. 1 Press Menu 7-2 ( Vo ic e > V oice commands ). 2 Scroll to the menu option you wi sh t o t ag , an d pr es s Select . 3 Press Opti ons , scroll to either Playback , Ch ange , or Delete , and press Select . Note: If you chose Change, press Start to record again. The new tag replaces the old.
[ 47 ] Advanced features 1 1 Advanced features Warning: D o not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is pr ohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Note: Some in-call options are network services features. Please contact your service provider for information and availability . This chapter describes advanced calling features such as confer ence calling, call waiting, and calling cards. Not all the featur es described here are available in all wireless network systems. ⢠VIEW IN-CALL OPTIONS Y ou can use certain features during a call. These in-cal l option s cannot be used at all times. 1 To access an option during a call, press Option s . 2 Scroll to one of the following options, and press Select : ⢠USE CALL FORWARDING When you use call forwarding , your netw ork redirects incoming calls to another phone number . Using this feature helps to prevent missing important phone calls. Important: Call forwarding is a network-dependent feature and may not work the same in all networks. Contac t your service provider for availability and for your networkâ s feature codes. Learn about call forwar ding feature codes Y our network requires separate codes to activa te and cancel various types of call for warding. Y our service provider can give you the feature codes f or these network services. Option Description Mute/End mute Used to disable or enable the microphone. If mute is selected, En d mute is displayed. These options affect any enhancements connected to the phone (headset , car kit). New cal l Used to initiate a new call while in a call (call-waiting and three-way calling). End all calls Used to end all active calls (call-waiting or three-way calling). Touch tones Used to enter a touch tone string (series of tones) manually or search for a string. Contacts Used to view phone book. Press Back to close phone book and return to call. Menu Used to display main menu.
[ 48 ] When you store the codes in your phone, they are sent automatically to the networ k when you select a call forwarding option. Y our phone ca n store the following type of feature code: Store a feature code 1 Press Menu 4-7-5 ( Sett ings > Network services > Network feature setting ). The Feature code field appears after a few seconds. 2 Enter the feature code your ser vice provider gave you (example *9 0 for activating Forward if busy ), and press OK . 3 Press Selec t when Call forwarding is displayed. 4 Scroll to the ty pe of forward ing that matches the featur e code you enter ed (example: Forward if busy ), and press Select . 5 Select Activate . The Activate f eature code is now stored in your phone, and you are returned to the Feature code field. Continue enteri ng other featur e codes (example *900 to cancel Forward if busy ), or press the End key to r eturn to the start screen. Important: On ce y ou ent er a netwo rk fe ature code succ essfu lly , then t he fe ature becomes visible in the Network services menu. Activate/cancel call forwarding After yo u store the correct featur e codes, you can activate (or canc el) call forwarding as follows: 1 Press Menu 4-7-5 ( Settings > Netwo rk services > Network feature setting ). 2 Select Call forwarding . 3 Scroll to the desired call forwarding option, and press Select . 4 Highlight Activate and press Select . 5 Enter the number to which you want your calls forwarded (or press Search to recall a number from the phone book), and press OK . 6 Y our phone calls the network to activate (o r cancel) the f eature youâÂÂve reque sted. The network sends a c onfirmation note when the feature is ac tivated (or ca ncelled) successfully . Feature code type Descriptio n Forward all calls Forwards all incoming calls to the number you specify Forward if busy Forward incoming calls wh en youâÂÂre in a call Forward if not answered Forwards incoming calls to another n umber when you are unable to answer Forward if out of reach Forwards incoming calls to another number when youâÂÂre out of the network or when the phone is switched off Forward all da ta calls Forwards all incoming data ca lls to the number you specify Cancel all call forwardin g Cancels any and all call forwarding options you may have set
[ 49 ] Advanced features ⢠USE CALL WAITING This n etwork service l ets you receive a n incomi ng call w hen youâ re already in a cal l. When yo u receive an incoming call, your phone displays the callerâÂÂs phone number ( or the callerâÂÂs entr y in your phone book). The phone also beeps, notifying you of the incoming call. To Answer a waiting call, Press the Send key (or press Answer ) to place the curre nt active call on hold automatically an d answer the new call. T o Switch between the two ca lls, accepting the wa iting call puts the first caller on hold. To put the second caller on hold and reconnect with the first caller , press the Send key . To end the active call, simply allow the oth er party to hang up; the call o n hold then becomes the active call. OR: 1 Press the End key to terminate the active call. 2 The network redials with the call on h old. Answer the call as any normal inco ming call. ⢠MAKE A C ONFERENCE CALL Y ou can talk to two people at the same time. Co nference ca lling is a ne twork-dependent feature. Note: Check with your service provider to ma ke sure this service is available in your network. 1 Make a call to the first participant. When youâÂÂre re ady to place a call to the next party , 2 Press Opti ons , and press New call . 3 Enter the number and press the Send key (or press Search to recall number from Contacts ). 4 Press the Send key again to connect both parties. 5 To end the call, press t he End key . This action disconnects both parties. End calls To end a conference call, pr ess the End key . Or you ca n also press Op tion s , and sel ect End all calls . Disconnect seco nd party While all three parties are connected, press the Send key t o disconnect the second caller and keep the first call active. Disconn ect first par ty T o disconnect the first party and remain connected to the second party , have the first party terminate the call. ⢠SEND OWN CALLER ID WHEN CALLING Y ou can block caller ID when you call someone (your number will not be dis played on their caller ID). This feature may only b e effectiv e when calling a number equipped with caller ID. Note: This feature is available only when supported by the wireless network and may not function if you are roaming. Important: This feature work s on a call-by-call basi s. Y ou must enable this feature each time you want to block the sending of your own numbe r to the recipientâ s caller ID .
[ 50 ] Store the feature codes Before you can use the Send own caller ID w hen calling feature, you must store the feature codes for activating this feature. Once the code is stored in your phone, it is sent automatically to the network when you select this option from your phoneâÂÂs menu. 1 Press Menu 4-7-5 ( Sett ings > Network services > Network feature setting ). The Feature code field appears after a few seconds. 2 Enter the feature code your service provide r gave you (example *67 for activating Send own caller ID when calling ), and press OK . 3 Select No to assign the activation code. Place a call withou t sending your num ber 1 Press Menu 4-7-4 ( Setti ngs > Network s ervices > Send o wn caller ID when ca lling ). 2 Scroll to No , and press Select . 3 Enter a phone number , and press OK. Press Search to recall a number from the phone book. The phone automatically in serts the feature code into the dialing string and dials the phone number . The person youâÂÂre calling cannot see your phone number on their caller ID. ⢠USE AUTOMATIC REDIAL At times you may not be able to place a call (for example: due t o the high volume of traf fic on the wireless network). When the wireless ne twork is busy or unavailable, selec t Automatic redial to retry the call. 1 Press Menu 4-1-2 ( Settings > Call settings > Automa tic redial ). 2 Scroll to On and press Sel ect . If the system is busy , your phone makes three additional call attempts. If you want to stop the automatic redial process before the last attempt, press the End key . Important: This feature does not automatically retry a number . ⢠CALLING CARD If you wish to use a calling card for long distan ce calls, you must first save your calling card information into your phone. Y our phone is equipped to hand le up to four calling cards. Saving ca lling card information 1 Press Menu 4-1-7 ( Settin gs > Call settings > Calling card ). 2 Enter your security code, and press OK . For information on security code, see âÂÂSecurity code â on page 58. 3 Scroll to one of the four memory locations, and press Option s . 4 Scroll to Edit , and pre ss OK .
[ 5 1 ] Advanced features 5 Select Dialing sequence . Scroll to one of the following sequence types, and press Select . 6 Enter the required information (access nu mber or prefix and card number). Press OK to confirm your entries. 7 Press OK to save your changes. 8 Scroll to Card name , and press Select. Enter the card name, and press OK . Note: This procedure might not work with all ca llin g cards. Please look at the back of your calling card or contact your long distance company for m ore information. Choosing a calling card to use Use Menu 4-1-7 ( Setting s > Call settings > Calling card ) to select a calling card to use. Y ou will be required to enter your security code. Making calling card calls After you have saved your calling card in formation in your phone, you can make a call using your calling card. 1 Enter the phone number , including any prefix (such as 0 or 1 ) that your calling card may require when you make a calling card call. See your calling card for instructions. 2 Press and hold th e Send key for a few seconds until your phone displays Card ca ll . 3 Y our phone displays Wa it fo r t on e , then press OK . When you hear the tone or system message, press OK . 4 Y our phone displays Wait for tone, then press OK again . When you hear the tone or system message, press OK . ⢠V OICE DIALING Y ou can dial u p to 25 of your phone bookâÂÂs stored numbers using the voice dialing feature. Before you can place a call using voice dialing, yo u must first assign a voice t ag to the number . Before using voice dialing, note that: ⢠V oice tags are not language dependent. They ar e dependent on the speake r's voice. ⢠V oice tags are sensitive to background no ise. Record them and make calls in a quiet environment. Dialing sequence Use for cards that require you to: Access number phone number card number Dial 1-800 access n umber , phone number , and card number ( PIN if required) Access number card number phone number Dial 1-800 access number , card number ( PIN if requi red), and phone number Prefix phone number card number Dial the pr efix (numbers that must pre cede the phone number) and phone number you wan t to dial, and card number ( PIN if required)
[ 52 ] ⢠When recording a voice tag or making a call by sayin g a voice tag, hold the phone in the normal position near to your ear . ⢠V ery short names are not accepted. Use long names and avoid similar names for different numbers. Important: Y ou must say the name exactly as you said it when you recorded it. This may be difficult in, for example, a no isy environment or during an emergency , so you should not rely solely upon voice dialing in all circu mstances. Assign a voice tag to a phone number Y ou mu st record a voice tag (up to two seconds) for a phone number before you can use the voice dialing feature to dial it. ADD A VOICE TAG TO A PHONE BOOK ENTRY 1 At the start screen, press the scroll up or the scroll down keys. Scroll to the desired phone book entry , and press Details . 2 Scroll to the phone number you want to tag and press Options . 3 Scroll to Add voice tag and press Selec t . (The phone displays Press Start , then speak after the tone ). 4 Press Start an d after the tone, speak the voice ta g clearly into the phoneâ s mi crophone. Note: Yo ur phone informs you if reco rding i s not successful. P r e s s OK to try again or Back to return to phone book. The message V oice tag saved is displayed upon completion of the recording p ro ces s. T he ic on next to a phone number denotes that a voice tag exists for this number . IMPORTANT NOTES ABOUT VOICE TAGS ⢠The recording process stops automatically; pressing Quit aborts the reco rding attempt. ⢠Unique tags are recognized more accurat ely . Consider using first and last name or first name, last name, and number type (for example, mobile, home, work, etc.) when tagging a number . For example, John Smith, work. ⢠Avoid pauses or silence as you record th e voice tag. ⢠If the voice tag memory is full, the phone displays Delete an existing voice tag? Press OK , scroll to locate a tag to delete, and press Delete . ⢠Deleting a phone number deletes any associated voice tags. Warning: Do not use a voice tag for dialing em ergency numbers. In emergencies, stress causes changes in your voi ce, wh ich may keep the phone from recog nizing your voice command. Dialing a nu mber using voice d ialing Note: Y ou must say the nam e exactly as you said it when you recorded it. 1 At th e start screen, p ress and hold Contacts for two seconds. A t on e i s he a r d an d Please speak now is displayed.
[ 53 ] Advanced features 2 Aft er the tone, clearly sp eak the vo ice tag tha t you re corded previously i nt o th e m ic ro p ho ne . Note: If the voice tag is not recognized by the phone (or if y ou fail to speak a tag within three seconds after the tone), the message Name not recognized is displayed, and you are returned t o t h e s t ar t s c r e e n . 3 When the voice tag is recognized, the phone book entry will be displayed for three seconds and the voice tag is replayed through the ear piece. After three sec onds, the number is dialed. The only other option for initiating voice dialin g is to press the headset button momentarily at the start screen. The alert tones play through the headset. Speak the voice tag into the heads et microphon e. The voice tag will playback through the headset to confirm your choice. W ork with voice tags Y ou can listen to an exist ing voice tag ( in case you forgot what you recorde d), rerecor d a voice tag, or delete an existing tag. 1 At the start scr een, press Contacts . Scroll to Vo i c e t a g s , and press Select . Note: This opt ion displays a list of the contac ts/numbers that ha ve a voice tag assigned. 2 Scroll to the phone number whose voice tag you want to edit, and press Op tions . 3 Scroll to either Playback , Change , or Delete , and press Select . Note: If you chose Change , press Start to begin rerecording. The new tag that is recorded replaces the old information. ⢠1-TOUCH DIALING When a phone number is assigned to one of th e 1-touch dialing locations (2 - 9), you can call the phone number in either of the following ways: ⢠Press the number ke y that corresponds to a 1-touch dialing location and press the Sen d key . ⢠Press and hold the key that corresponds to a 1-touch dialing location until the call begins. The one key is preassigned to dial your vo ice mailbox number and cannot be reassigned. Set up 1-to uch diali ng If you want to assign a number to one of the number keys (2-9), do the following: 1 Press Co ntacts . 2 Scroll to 1-touch dialing and press Select . 3 Scroll to the desired number key (keys 2 through 9 ), and press Assign . Note: If a phone num ber is already assigned to a key , the phone book entry name is displayed and the left soft key is Options . 4 Enter the phone number man ually , or press Searc h to locate a phone book entry . 5 Select the desired name or entry from the phone book. If more than one number is stored for that entry , scroll to the desired num ber and press Select .
[ 54 ] 1-touch dialin g options Y ou can change or delete (clear) numbers assi gned to 1-touch dialing or view the number assigned to a key from the 1-touch dialing menu. 1 Press Co ntacts . 2 Scroll to 1-touch dialing and press Select . 3 Scroll to a key that is assigned a number , and press O ptions . 4 Scroll to either View number , Change , or Delete , and press Select . ⢠CALLER GROUPS Y ou can group ph one book entries using one of the existing categories ( Family , VIP , Friends, Business , an d Other ). Ea ch group has its own unique ringing tone and l ogo. When you receive a call from a number assigned to a caller group, the ringing tone for that caller group is used, and the caller groupâ s logo is displayed on the scr een. This feature can help you identify incom ing calls more quickly . ADD A NUMBER TO A CALL ER GROUP 1 At the start screen , press the scroll down key to sc roll to the desired phone book entry , and press Details . 2 Scroll to the phone number you want to use an d press Options . 3 Scroll to Caller groups , and press Select . 4 Scroll to the desired caller group (for example Friends ), and press Select . SELECT A R INGING TONE AND GR APHIC FOR A CAL LER GROUP 1 Press Contacts . 2 Scroll to Caller groups and press Select . 3 Scroll to one of the caller groups and press Select . 4 Scroll to one of the following optio ns and press Select : Option Desc ripti on Rename group Used to rename the selected caller group Group ringin g tone Used to select a ringing tone for this group. Scroll through list of ringing tones, and press OK Group logo Used to view , activate or deactivate group logo Group members Used to assign other phone book entries to the selected caller group
[ 55 ] Advanced features ⢠USE TOUCH TONES Warning: If you send touch tones while in an alog mode, be careful not to send confidential information. Check your phoneâÂÂs display for the icon, indicating the presence of a digital network. Touch tones (sometimes known as D TMF tones) are those tones produced when you pr ess th e keys on your phoneâ s keypad. Y ou can use touch tones for many automated dial -up se rv ice s s uch as banking and airlines, or for entering your voice mailbox number and password. Touch tones are sent during an active call. Y o u can sen d them manually from your phon eâÂÂs keypad, or se nd them automatically by saving them in your phone. Set manual touch tone options Y ou may need to cu stomize how your phone sends the touch tones for optimum performance with the system youâÂÂre calling. SET TOUCH TONE TYPE 1 Press Menu 4-2-2-1 ( Settings > Phone settings > Touch tone s > Manual touch tones ). 2 Select one of the following options, and press Select : SET FIXED TOUCH TONE LENGTH Y ou can also s pecify touch to n e leng th when using the Fixed option. 1 Press Menu 4-2-2-2 ( S ettings > Ph one settings > Touc h tones > Touc h tone leng th ). 2 Scroll to Short (0.1 seconds) or Long (0.5 seco nds), and press Select . Send touch tone string m anually Before you begin, ma ke s u re t h at Manual touch tones is not s et to Off . 1 During a call to the aut omated service, press Options , scroll to T ouch tones and press Sel ect . 2 Enter the touch tone string from your phoneâÂÂs keypad as required by the service youâÂÂr e calling, and press Ton e s . Send touch tone string from phone boo k Y ou can save a touch tone string as a separate phone book entry , and recall and send the string using the in-call menu option T ouch t ones . SAVE TOUCH TONES A S A PHONE BOOK ENTRY Save the touch tone string (including any pa use or wait characters t hat may be required) to a new entry in the phone book. For more information on saving contacts and number to your phone book see âÂÂSave contacts and numbersâ on page 22. Option Description Continuo us Tone sounds for as long as you press and hold a key . Fixed Used to send tones of the duration you specify in the T o uch tone length opt ion. Off Used to turn off tones. No tones are sent when you press a key .
[ 56 ] RECALL TOUCH TONE STRING FROM THE PHONE BOOK 1 During a call to the aut omated service, press Options , scroll to T ouch tones and press Sel ect . 2 Press Searc h , scroll to the touch tone string entry in your phone book, and press OK . 3 Press To ne s to send the touch tones. Store touch tone strin g with ph one numbe r Y ou can store touch tone stri ng s (for example: voice mailbox number and PIN code) as a part of a phone book entry . Once the string is stored, it is sent automatically (instead of entering the touch tones from the keypad). 1 Enter the phone number of the automated service. 2 Use the * key t o ente r a w or p after the number . ⢠w (wait)âÂÂThe phone waits for you to press Send . When you press Sen d , the ph one sends the touch tone string youâÂÂve saved. ⢠p (pause)âÂÂTh e phone pauses for 2.5 seconds, and auto ma tica lly send s the to uch ton e string youâÂÂve saved. 3 Enter the touch tone string after the w or p characters as required by the service. Example: 214-555-1234w1234#p56 78# 4 Save this phone book entry as you normally would. Once the touch tone string is stored with th e phone number , you can now call the number and have the touch tone strings sent automatically . ⢠LINK PHONE BOOK ENTRIES Y ou can store a numb er in one phone book location and link it to another phone book entry . For example, linking the phone nu mber of an a utomated se rvice (exampl e: automat ed banking service) with a touch tone string entry in your phone book (example: acc ount an d PI N nu mbe rs ) automatically recalls and sends the touch tone string when you call the service. USE LINKING OPTIONS 1 Store the touch tone string into your phone book. 2 Assign the phone book entry with the touch to nes to a 1-touch dialing location (example: location 3). For more information on 1-touch dialing, see âÂÂ1-touch dialingâ on page 53. 3 Edit the automated serviceâÂÂs phone number by adding n to the end of the phone number (where n is the 1-tou ch dialing location). Example: 214-555-1234 3 4 Press OK to save your changes. 5 Dial the automated serviceâÂÂs number from your phone book. Y our phone automatically sends the touch tones when the call connects. Important: Y ou may need to enter a pause (p) before the in order to account for delays in the automated system answering your call (example: 214-555-1 234p 3 ).
[ 57 ] Advanced features ⢠LEARN ABOUT V OICE RE CORDER Recorder allows y ou to record audio memos and store t hem in your phone. Use this feat ure to record things like phone numbers and personal memos. T otal time available for all memos is one minute, up to 60 seconds. If one recorded memo is 60 seconds in length, then it must be dele ted before other memos can be recorded. The maximum number and length of remaining m emos depends on how much memo ry is still available. A countdown timer is displayed while recording and shows remaining record time. Reco rd a m emo 1 Press Menu 7-3-1 ( Vo i c e > V oice recorder > Recor d ). 2 After the tone, begin recording your memo. 3 When you finish recording, press Stop . 4 Enter the subject of the voice memo, and press OK . Pressing Back instead of en tering a subject discards the memo without saving. Pressing OK without entering a subject assigns the default name ( Recording ) to the memo. W ork wit h record ed memo s T o view a list of recorded memos: 1 Press Menu 7-3-2 ( Vo i c e > V oi ce recorder > Recordings list ). 2 Scroll through the list of memos, and press Option s . The following options are available: Notes about voice recorder ⢠An incoming call interrupts voice memo playba ck. When call is complete, the phone returns to the Options menu for the selected voice memo. ⢠An incoming call stops voice memo recording. Th e recorded memo is automatically save d wi th the default name. ⢠Y ou can enter numbers during m emo playba ck (example: when voice memo contains a phone number). Pressing the Send key interrupts voice memo playback and places the call. Option Description Playback Plays back the selected me ssage throug h the earp iece (phone or headset). Edit tit le Used to edit the memoâ s subject, or to rename memo. Delete Deletes selected voice memo. Add alarm/Alarm Used to add (edit, or r emove) a reminder alarm for the memo.
[ 58 ] 12 Security and System settings Warning: D o not switch on the ph one when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y our phone has a variety of security features that help prevent some of the following: ⢠Placing accidental or uninten tional calls. ⢠Unauthorized use of your phone. ⢠Placing and accepting calls from certain phone numbers. ⢠Accidental erasing of information or restoring factory settings. ⢠LOCK KE YPAD (KEYGUARD) With keypa d lock (Keyguar d) you can temporarily lock y our phoneâÂÂs keypad and p rev en t t he accidental placing of calls or pressing of the ke ypad (for example, when the phone is in your pocket or in your purse). Press Men u followed by the * ke y (within three seconds) to ac tivat e Keyguard. Y ou can answer a call with K eyguard activated. Press the Send key to answer the call. When you end the c all, the keyp ad rema ins lock ed. Press Unlock followed by the * key (within three seconds) to deactivate Keyguard and unlock your phoneâ s keypad. Important: The key icon appears at the top of the display . The left soft key is also labeled Unl ock . Important: When the phone is locked, calls may be possible to the emergency number programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergency number). â¢S E C U R I T Y C O D E Important: Security code is a network dependent feature. Security code may be replaced by Lock code in some phones. If the phone pr ompts you to enter a Lock code instead of a Security code, then see âÂÂL earn about the lock codeâ on page 59. Y our phone prompts you for a five-digit security code for certain features and commands . Access is granted only after the correc t se curity code has been entered successfully . The default security code is 12345 . It is recommended that you change this code at once, write it down, and store it in a safe place away from your phone. Important: When entering your security code, ***** is displayed on the screen to keep others from viewing your code. Y ou can delete the last entered digit by pressing Clear (or by pressing and holding Clear to delete all the digits more quickly) . Enter the corr ect code or press Bac k to exit. If you enter an incorrect se curity code ( Code error will appear) five times in a row , your phon e wonâÂÂt accept any entries for the next five minutes.
[ 59 ] Security and System settings Change your security code 1 Press Menu 4-6 ( Settings > Security settings ). En ter yo ur lock code. 2 Select Access codes . 3 Select Change security code . 4 Enter existing (or default) security code and press OK . 5 Enter new five-digit security code and press OK . 6 Re-enter your new five-digit secur ity code for verification, and press OK . Y our phone displ ays the confirmation message Security code chan ged . Important: If you change your security code and forget the new code, contact your service provider . Once you change the security code, the default code is no longer valid. â¢P H O N E L O C K This feature prot ects your phone from unauthor ized outgoing ca lls o r acce ss t o i nfo rm ati on stored in the phone. When phone lock is activated, Phone locked is displayed when you turn your phone on or off. After p ressing either Contacts or Menu , you must enter the code. Once your lock code is accepted, your phone will function normally . Important: Call not allowed displays if you tr y to plac e a call wh ile the pho ne is locked. Important: When the phone is locked, calls may be possible to the emergency number programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergency number). Learn about the lock code Y our phone also has a lock co de. Y ou will need the lock code to acti vate and deactivate the phone lock feature, or to change your lock code. The default lock code is 1234 . If you enter an incorrect lock c ode five times in a row , your phone will prompt you for the se curity code (see page 58). T o change your lock code: 1 Press Menu 4-6 ( Settings > Security settings ). En ter yo ur lock code. 2 Select Access codes . 3 Select Change lock code . 4 Enter current (or default) loc k code and press OK . 5 Enter new lock code and press OK . 6 Re-enter new lock code for verification, and press OK . Important: When you change you r lock code, store it in a safe place away from your phone. Avoid entering access codes similar to emergency nu mbers to prevent accidental emergency calls. ACTIVATE A ND DEACTIVATE PHONE LOCK 1 Press Menu 4-6 ( Se ttings > Securi ty settings ). 2 Enter the lock code, and press OK .
[ 60 ] 3 Select Access codes . 4 Select Phone lock . 5 Scroll to On or Off , and press Selec t . 6 Turn your phone off and back on to complete the phone lock activation (or deactivation). ANSWER A CALL WITH PHONE LOCK ON Press the Send key or Answer . ALLOWED NUMBER WHEN PHONE LOCKED When phone lock is on, the only outgoing calls allowed are to the following numbers: ⢠The emergency number programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergency number). ⢠The number stored in the Allowed number when phone locked location. Store the unlocked phone nu mber 1 Press Menu 4-6 ( Se ttings > Securi ty settings ) 2 Enter lock code and press OK . 3 Select Access codes . 4 Select Allowed number when ph one locked . 5 Enter phone number (or press Search to recall the number), and press Select . Calling the allowed phon e number At the start screen, press the scroll dow n keys. When the number displays, press the Send key to place the call. Important: Phone lock m ust be activated to use this feature. ⢠CALL RESTRICTIONS This feature allows you to restrict inco ming an d outgoing calls. Y ou can restrict all calls or create a custom list of numbers to restrict. When you select either Restrict outgoing calls or Restrict incoming calls from the Security settings options, your options are: ⢠Select âÂÂDisplays a list of all available restricted numbers. Select the numbers you want to restrict from this screen. ⢠Add restriction âÂÂCreates your own list of restricted numbers Once you have added at least one restriction to either the outgoing or incomin g calls list, the following options become visible: ⢠Edit âÂÂEdit an existing outgoing call restriction ⢠Delete âÂÂDeletes call restrictions from the list Important: When calls are restr icted, calls may be possible to the emergency number programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergency number).
[ 6 1 ] Security and System settings Add a call restriction Y ou can add up to 10 re strictions for outgoing calls and 15 restrictions for incoming calls. The maximum n umber of you can en ter for each restriction is 15. 1 Press Menu > Settings > Se curity settings > Call restrictions . 2 Enter the security code and press OK . 3 Select either Restrict outgoing calls or Restric t incoming calls . 4 Scroll to Add restriction and press Select . 5 Enter the number string you wish to restrict and press OK . For example: ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin with 1, enter 1 . ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin with 1972, enter 1972. ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin with 2 14 , enter 2 14. 6 Enter a name to identify this restriction, or just press OK . Note: When you create a new restriction, it is automatically selected (enabled) when it is saved. Select call restrictions 1 Press Menu > Settings > Se curity settings > Call restrictions . 2 Enter your security code and press OK . 3 Scroll to Restrict outgoin g calls or Res trict incom ing ca lls and press Select. Then, scroll to Select and press Select . 4 Scroll to each restriction you wish to use and press Mark ; press Un mark t o deactivate existing restrictions. 5 Press Done , and press Ye s to save the changes youâÂÂve made. Edit call restrictions Y ou can edit the name or nu mber of an entry in the call restrictions list. 1 Press Menu > Settings > Se curity settings > Call restrictions . 2 Enter your security code and press OK . 3 Scroll to Restrict outgoing calls or Rest rict inco ming calls and press Select . 4 Scroll to Edit and press Select . 5 Scroll to the restriction you wish to edit, and press Select . If no name is entered for a restriction, the restricted number displays. 6 Edit the numb er (as needed), and press OK . 7 Edit name (as needed) , and press OK . Erase call restri ctions Y ou may want to delete a restrict ion that is no longer needed. 1 Press Menu > Settings > Se curity settings > Call restrictions .
[ 62 ] 2 Enter your security code and press OK . 3 Scroll to Restrict outgoing calls or Rest rict in coming calls and press Select . 4 Scroll to Dele te and press Select . 5 Scroll to the restriction you wish to delete, and press OK . 6 Press OK again to delete restriction. ⢠GPS (LOCATION INFO SHARING) The GPS feature allows the phone to share position information over the network. For calls to emergency numbers, this position information may be used by the emergency operator to determine the position of the phone. The functionality of this feature is dependant on the network, satellite systems and the agency receiving the information. It may not fu nction in all areas or at all times. The user can enable or disable the GPS feature for non-emergency calls by accessing the Location info shari ng feature in the phone. ENABLE OR DISABLE GPS (LOCATION INFO SHARING) 1 Press Menu 4-1-1 ( Setti ngs > Call settings > Location info sharin g ). 2 Select either Emergenc y or On . The profile selected in the Location info sharing menu, is shown on the lower right part of the screen. The default pr ofile is Emerg ency . When Emerg ency is selected, and the phoneâÂÂs location information is shared only during an emergency call to th e official emergency number programmed into your phone. The phone screen displays or in the upper left hand corner . When Share location is selected, the location information is shared with the network whenever the phone is powered on and activ ated. The screen displays or in the upper l eft hand corner . 3 When On is selected, the phoneâÂÂs location informat ion is shared w ith th e netw ork wh eneve r the phone is powered on and activated. Note: Location information will always be shar ed with the networ k during emergency calls to the official emergency number programmed into the phone, regardless of which setting is selected. After placing an emergency call, the phon e remains in emergency mode for five minutes. During th is time, the location information will be shared with the network. For more inform ation, see âÂÂEmergency callsâ on page 77. ⢠AUTOMATIC UPDATE OF SERVICE Y our phone is capable of receiving updates to wireless services sent to your phone by your service provider . Use Menu 4-1-4 ( Settings > Call settings > Auto-update of service ) to turn this feature on or off. ⢠LEARN ABOUT SYSTEM SE LECTION The Syste m menu (Menu 6) allows you to customize the way your phone chooses a system in which to operate while you are within or outside of your primary or home system.
[ 63 ] Security and System settings Y our phone is set to search for the most cost -effective system. If your phone canâÂÂt f ind a preferred system, it selects a system automatically based on the option you choose in the System menu. Important: Before selecting an item i n the System menu, contact your service provider to find out how your selection w ill affect your service charges. View Roaming options The menu options you see in your phone are based on your service providerâÂÂs netw ork. Their network determines which options actually appear in th e phoneâ s menu. The followin g options that may appear in your phone: Option Description Home only Y ou can make and receive calls in yo ur home area only . While roaming, No Service appears and you cann ot make or receiv e calls. Automatic Y our phon e automatically select s the best available system.
[ 64 ] 13 Organizer Y our phone has a calendar , alarm clock, stopwatch, and contact databaseâÂÂe verything you need in an organizer or personal digital assistant. ⢠USE THE ALARM CLOCK Y our phoneâÂÂs alarm clock can be set to sound at a specified time. The icon, display ed on the start screen, indicates that an alarm is set. The alarm clock wor ks, even if the phone is off. Important: The alarm clock works in conjunction with your phoneâÂÂs clock. Mak e sure your phoneâ s time and date are correct before using this feature. Set the alarm 1 Press Menu 9-1 ( Or ganizer > Alarm clock ), an d press Select . 2 Enter the alarm time, and press OK . 3 Select am or pm , and press OK . Respond to an alarm At the time of the alarm, the phone sounds an alert tone, displays a message, and flashes lights. Pressing Stop or the En d key stops the alarm from sounding, an d returns you to the start screen. Y ou can also u se the Sno oze feature: 1 Press the Sno oze soft key . 2 Pr ess any key (except the End key). 3 Allow the alarm to sound for one minute. When snooze is enabled, the alarm will sound again in ten minutes. Alarm when pho ne power is off When the phone is switc hed off when the alar m sounds, the phone switches on and sounds the alarm tone. When you press Stop , you mus t cho ose whe the r to acti vate the phon e for c alls. Press No to switch o ff the phone or Ye s to make and receive calls. Warning: Do not press Ye s when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . â¢C A L E N D A R Warning: Y our phone must be switched on to us e the Calendar feature. Do not switch on the phone when wireless ph one use is proh ibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can record notes to remind you of meetings, phone calls, birthdays, or general r em in de rs and se t alar ms. Y ou can also use the DKU-5 data cable with the V erizon Mobile Office Kit to synchronize your PIM calendar with your phone calendar .
[ 65 ] Organizer Add a calendar n ote Note: Predictive text input is av ailable for Calendar not es. 1 From the day list view , scroll to the desired day and press Options . 2 Select Make a note . 3 Scroll to one of the following note types and press the roller: ⢠Meeting âÂÂEnter the not e (or press Search t o recall a name from the phone book) and press OK . Ent er th e tim e and pr ess Options . ⢠Call âÂÂEnter the desired phone number (or press Options th en Search to recall it fr om phone book) and press OK . Enter the time and press OK . ⢠Birthday âÂÂEnter the personâ s name (or press Opti ons then Search to recall it from phone book) and press OK . Press Op tions then Save and enter date of birth and year (optional). Press OK . ⢠Memo âÂÂEnter the note. Press Options then Save . Enter a date for the memo, and press OK . ⢠Reminder âÂÂEnt er the note. Press Optio ns then Save . Select an alarm option ( Alar m on , Alarm off ). 4 Scroll to the desired alarm option, and press Select . The presence of an alarm is indicated by when you view the notes. WHEN THE ALARM SO UNDS FOR A NO TE The phone flashes its lights, beeps, and displays the note. When a Call note is displayed, you can call the number by pressing the Send key . To stop the alarm, press Exit or the End key . ⢠CALCULATOR Y ou can use your phon eâÂÂs calc ulator to add, subtract, multiply or divide numbers and conve rt cu rren cies. Warning: Your phone must be s witched on to use this func tion. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it ma y cause interf erence or da nger . Use the calculator 1 Fr om th e Organizer menu, scroll to Calculator , and pre ss Select . 2 Enter the first number in the calculation (press the pound key for decimal point) . 3 To a d d , p r e s s t h e * key on ce ( appears); to subtract, press th e * ke y tw ice ( - ); to multiply , press the * key three times ( * ); to divide, press the * key four tim es ( / ). 4 Y ou can also press Option s , scroll to Add , Subtrac t , Multiply , Divide, Squar e , or Squar e root , and press Select . 5 Enter the second number . Repeat steps thr ee and four as many times as necessary . Note: A subtotal is shown after you enter the next operant ( , -, *, or /). 6 For a total, press Options twic e. 7 To start a new calculation, press and hold Clear for two seconds. Note: This calculator has limited accuracy and ro unding errors may occur , especially in long divisions.
[ 66 ] â¢S T O P W A T C H Y ou can use your phoneâÂÂs Stopwatch feature to time an event in hours, minutes and seconds. The eventâ s time can be saved, viewed, or deleted. Warning: Y our phone m ust be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohib ited or when it may cause interference or danger . Important: Using the stopwatch consumes the battery and the phone' s operating time will be reduced. Be careful not to let it run in the background when performing other operations with your phone. Time an event u sing sp lit timing The split time function allows you to measure the total time for an event, yet allows you to capture the elapsed time at various intervals. To measure split time: 1 Fr om th e Organizer menu, scroll to Stopwatch and press Selec t . 2 Scroll to Split tim ing , and press Select . 3 Press Start . The running time appears on the display . Once the split timer has started, you can: ⢠Press Split . The split time is displayed and the timer contin ues to display elapsed time. ⢠Press Stop to stop the timer and view the total elapsed time. If you continue pressing Split , the most recent split time appears at the top of the list of split times. Y ou can scroll to review previous times. View timing options Once you have stopped timing an event (usin g la p or split), you have the option to save the information, reset the stopwatch, or continue timing (split timing only). While stopwatch is running, press Stop , and press Options . Select one of the following: ⢠Save âÂÂused to save the current timing data. Enter a name, and press OK. ⢠Reset âÂÂclears the current timing da ta and resets the timer . ⢠Start âÂÂrestarts the split timer from the point the timer was stopped. Time an event u sing lap timing The lap time function allows you to measure the amount of time it takes to complete a cycle or lap. To measure lap time: From th e Organizer m enu, scroll to Stopwatch and press Select . Whe n th e l ap ti me r has started, your ca n: ⢠Press Stop to stop the timer and view the elapsed time. ⢠Press Lap . The lap time is displayed and the timer restarts from zero. If you continue pressing Lap , the most recent lap time appears at the top of the list of lap times. Y ou can scroll to review previous times. Press Stop to stop the timer . The final l apâ s time is displayed.
[ 67 ] Organizer Choose oth er stopwatch options Y ou can choose the following options from the Stopwatch menu. Note: If you receive a call while using the St opwatch, the timer continues running in the backgro und. After ending the call, you can redispla y the timer by doing the following: 1 Press Menu 9-4-1 ( Org anizer > Stopwatch > Continue ). 2 Press Selec t . Option Description Continue Used to re-display active timer (exa mple: if you receive a call while the timer is still running). Show las t time Allows you to view the last measured time. View times Allows you to vi ew the list of saved times. Delete times Allows you to delete the save d times. Y ou can delete the saved times one by one or all at once.
[ 68 ] 14 Get it now Note: Y our phone must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Note: Get it now is a network dependent feature and will not be available in all phones. Please check with your service provider for more information. Note: Th is feature shares memory space with other features. For more information, see âÂÂMemory useâ on page 13. ⢠LAUNCHING AN AP PLICATION 1 Press Menu 9-1 ( Get it now > Ge t it now ). Sele ct OK . 2 Select Start . If the selection is a single application it w ill laun ch. Otherwise, a list of applications is displayed corresponding to the selected application set. 3 Scroll to the desired application and press Sele ct . The application launches. ⢠DOWNLOAD A NEW APPLICATION 1 Press Menu > Get it n ow > Get it now , select OK . 2 At the next screen, press OK . 3 Select Content to download and press Select . Note: Nokia does not provide any warranty for non Nokia applications. If you choose to download and install an application, yo u should take the same precautions, for security or content, as you would with any Internet site. ⢠REMOVE AN AP PLICATION 1 Press Menu > Get it n ow > Get it now , select OK . 2 Scroll to Opti ons and press Select . 3 Scroll to the application you wish to remove and press Select . 4 Scroll to Remove and pre ss Select . Note: The screen will display a question asking i f you are sure you want to completely remove the applic ation. Select Ye s . ⢠CHECK MEMORY STA TUS Allows you to view mem ory available for Applications. 1 Press Menu > Get it n ow > G et it now > Optio ns > Information . 2 Y ou will see the am ount of Free memory and the Total memory . This will vary accordin g to the number of applications you have installed.
[ 69 ] Get it now ⢠OTHER OPTIONS AVAILABL E FOR APPLICATI ONS ⢠Delete âÂÂdelete the application or application set from the phone. ⢠Check version âÂÂcheck if a new version of the application is available for download from the mobile Internet services. ⢠Details âÂÂgive additional information about the application. Note: Check version and Internet link may not be available for all applications.
[ 7 0 ] 15 Y our phone and other devices Warning: Y our phone must be switched on to use t his function. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can connect your Nokia phone and compatible PC using the DKU-5 data cable. This ca ble is available for purchase as an enhancement or may be included in your sales package. Once your phone and PC are connected, you can access your phoneâ s information from your PC, or use your phone as a wireless modem for digital data/fax calls. Important: Digital data/fax services (including IS95 , IS2000 2G and 3G packet data) are network-dependent fe atures and may re quire a subscription to these services. Please check w ith your service pr ovider for th e availability of digital data/fax services. P ersonal Co mputer With your phone connected to your PC, you can use Nokia PC Suite to: ⢠make a bac kup copy of the da ta in your phone (Content Copier). ⢠edit phone book contacts, numbers, profiles, and settings by the PC keyboard (Phone Editor). ⢠synchronize your phone book and re minders with P ersonal Information Manager (PIM) applications (PC Syn c) . Please refer to Nokia PC Suite User Guide and PC/PDA Connectivity Guide for in st ruc tio ns. Modem Y ou can use your Nokia phone as a modem with yo ur laptop computer or handheld device, t o acce ss the Internet or corpo rate n e t w or k s. For more inf ormation, refer to the V erizon Mobile Office Kit . Download so ftware Important: This is a provider-dependent feature. Please chec k with your service provider to confirm your phoneâÂÂs ability to download software. PC Suite, the PC Suite/PC connectivity user guide, and all relat ed software is provided to yo u f re e of charge. These items can be downloaded fro m the US mobile phone products section of: http://www .nokia.com
[ 7 1 ] Minibrowser 16 Mini browser Warning: Y our phone must be switched on t o use this function. Do not switc h the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Important: This feature is available only if your service providerâ s network supports mobile Internet access. Y our se rvice provider may also require that you subscribe to this additional service. For more information, contact your service provider . Th e M ini brow ser fea tur e al low s y ou to a cc ess spec ial Internet content designed for v iewing from your mobile phone. Y ou can view news, get weat her reports, check flight times, access financial information, and download ringing tones or grap hics. Y ou can save addresses of Web sites as bookmarks for quick and easy access. ⢠UNDERST AND BROWSING SESSI ONS AND INDICATORS When you launch the minib rowser , two icons appear o n t h e s c re e n : âÂÂMinibrowser icon (you are in a minibrowser session) âÂÂActive call icon (you ar e being billed accordingly) The minibrowser disconnects from the network af ter inactivity . This function minimiz es your bill. Y ou m ay be b illed for several network connec tions in a single session. Y ou can still access pages stored in memory without the connection. If you navigate to a page not stored in memory , a new connection is establishe d and you will be bi lled accordingly . ⢠LAU NCHING THE MINIB ROWSER The first time you launch the minibrowser , yo u have a security setup process that takes 3-5 m inutes . 1 Press Menu , scroll to Minibrowser , and press Connect . A message appears, reminding you that you ma y be billed for the connection tim e. (You ca n disable this m essage. See âÂÂDis able minibrowser confirmatio nsâ on page 7 3.) 2 Press Ye s . A fter a few seco nds, th e Home Page appears. (Y our menu may vary .) Y ou can also launch the minibrowser by pressing and holding the 0 key from the start scre en. T o end a minibrowser session, press and hold the End ke y . ⢠MINIBROWSER MENU While browsing, press and release the power key to display the minibrowser menu : Option Descript ion Reload Reloads information for current page. Home Returns you to the Home page. Bookmarks Displays a list of bookmarks youâÂÂve saved.
[ 72 ] ⢠NAVIGATE IN THE MINIBROWSER 1 Scroll through the menus and contents of a page. Press the scroll up or scroll down keys to move through menu s or the contents of a page (contents may not fit on one screen). To scroll quickly , press and hold the scroll key . Important: There is no circular scrolling in minibrowser menus or pages. In other words, when you get to the end of a list or a body of text, the minibrowser does not automatically return you to the top of the list to begin scrolling again. 2 To go back to a previous page, press the End key . Press the End key repeatedly t o move back thro ugh previously view ed pages until the Home Pa g e appears. Press , scroll to Home , and press OK . 3 Select or open an item (for example, a link). ⢠Press the appropriate number key on your phoneâ s keypad (if the item on the page is numbered), OR ⢠Scroll to the item, and press the appropriate soft key (f or example, to select or open a link). 4 To navigat e to different scre ens or select spec ial functions, use t he soft keys. T he function of each soft key can change with each page and depends on each highlighted item. â¢L I N K S Links usually appear as items in a numbered list. When activated, a link will take you to another page or site or make a phone call if the sites support this feature. When you make a call, the connection terminates and the page you we re viewing is stored in memory . When you end the call, that page is displayed again. T o activate a link, highlight the link and press th e appropriate soft key . (If the link is a phone number , in some cases, you can also pr ess th e Send key to make the call.) ⢠BOOKMARKS Y ou can create a bookmark for a page so that y ou can quickly return to that page late r . (Y ou may also be able t o create bookmar ks via your person al account at your service provide râÂÂs we b site.) Bookmark site Used to save a bookmark for the current page. Ve r s i o n Displays information about the software version and developers. Advanced Displays a several advanced browser options. Downloads Used to view or access downloaded ringing tones. Exit browser Exits the minibrowser and ends your browsing session. Switch off! T urns the phone off. Option Descript ion
[ 73 ] Minibrowser BOOKMARK A PAGE 1 Go to the page for which you want to set a bookmark. 2 Press the power key to access the minibrowser menu. 3 Scroll to Bookma rk page and press Select . (A message may ask you to confirm this act ion.) GO TO A BOOKMA RKED PAGE 1 Fro m the Hom e P age , scroll to Bookmarks , and press OK . A list of your bookmarks appe ars. 2 Scroll to the bookmark you want to use, and press Select . Tip: The first ten bookmarks are assigned to keys one - zero. Press and hold the number associated with the desired bookmark to go to the bookmarke d site at any time during a browser session. ⢠REC EIVE MESSAG ES VIA THE MINIB ROWSER Depending on you r service provider , you m ay be able to receive text messages via the minibrowser . Unlike SMS text messages, minibrowser messages are not stored in the phone and m ust be accessed via the minibrowserâ s homepage. Notification of new minibrowser message s When a new minibrowser m essage is received, the icon appears in the status bar . Depending on the mess age priority , you m ay also hear a n alert tone and/or s ee New message fr om: dis played on your screen. ⢠If you receive the message while browsing, press View to read the message or Skip , allowing you to view the message later . ⢠If you re ceive the message while phone is idle, press Conn ect to launch the browser and view the message, or press Back to return to the start screen. Y ou can use the Mi nibrowser messages menu ( Menu 0 1-3 ) to read you r mess ages later . W eb lin ks in mini browse r messages Y ou can receive minibrow ser messages containing We b links. If you receive a message w i th a l in k , select Use Web link from the messageâ s Option s menu to open the link and go to the W eb site. Y ou can also receive Web links in standard SMS messages. Selecting Use W eb l ink from the messageâ s Options m enu launches the minibrowser and takes you to the linkâÂÂs site. ⢠END THE MINIBR OWSER SE SSION Press and hold the End key . Press the power button, scroll to E xit Minibrowser , and press OK . ⢠DISABLE MINIBROWSER CONFIRMATIONS Y ou can specify whether or not you want your ph one t o display messages when you begin or end a browser session.
[ 74 ] To modify minibrowser confirmations settings: 1 Press Menu 4-1-6 ( Settings > Call settings > Minib rowser confirmation ). The following options appear: 2 Scroll to the appropriate option, and press OK . Tip: To prevent unintentional exiting of the minibrowser session, select either the Both or On ex it options. This ensures that a confirmation message appears before exiting. Note: If you press and hold the End key , the minibrowser session ends without confirmation (regardless of the minibrowser confirmation setting). Option Description Both Con firmation required before connecting to the Internet, and before you terminate a browser session. None No confirmation notes are displayed. On connection Phone asks you to c onfirm your awareness to possible charge s incurred for Internet ac cess. On exit Phone asks you to confirm your wish to end browsing.
[ 75 ] Referenc e information 17 Reference information ⢠USE ENHANCEMENTS SAFELY This section provides information about the phoneâ s batteries, enhancements, and chargers. Be aware that the information in this section is su bject to change as the bat teries, chargers, and enhancements change. This phone is intended for use when supplied with power from an ACP-7U, ACP-8U, A CP-1 2U, or LCH-9 charger . Other usage could invalidate any approval given to this apparatus and may be dangerous. Warning: When yo u purchase batter ies, char gers, a nd enhanc ements f or y ou r ph o ne , use only batteries, chargers, and enhancements that have rece ived approval from Nokia. The use of any other type may invalidate any approv al or warranty applying t o the phone, and could also be dangerous. For availability of approved batteries, c hargers, and enhancements, check with your service pr ovider . Note: For information on how to charge and rech arge your battery , please see âÂÂChargeâ on page 8. When the battery is fully charge d, the indicator will tell you th at the battery is fully charged. When you are not using a charger , disconn ect it from the power source. Do not leave the battery connected to a charger for more than 72 hours, since prolonged maintenance charging could shorten its lifetime. If left unused, a fully-charged battery w ill discharge over time. T emperature extremes can af fect the ability of yo ur battery to charge. Therefore, allow it to cool down or warm up before trying to charge it. When the battery is running out of power and your phon e only has a few minutes of talk time remaining, a warning tone sounds and the Battery low message appears briefly . When n o more talk time is left, a warning tone is so unded and the phone switches itself off. Leaving the battery in hot or cold places, such as in a closed car in summer or winter conditions, will reduce the capacity and lifet ime of the battery . Always try to keep the battery between 59ðF and 77ðF (15ðC and 25ðC). A phone with a ho t or cold battery may temporarily not work, even when the battery is fully charged. Battery performa nce is particula rly limite d in temp eratures below freezing. Do not dispose of batteries in a fire! Warning: Use only your hands to remove the ba ttery . Do not puncture, burn or use any objects that may damage the phone or the battery . Please recycle the battery , or dispose of properly . ⢠IMPORTA NT SAFETY INFORMATION This section provides additional saf ety informatio n. A brief overview of safety c an be found in the section. T raffic Safety Do not use a handheld telephone while driving a ve hicle. Always secure the phone in its holder; do not place the phone on the passen ger seat or where it can break loose in a collision or sudden stop. Remember road safety always comes first!
[ 76 ] Operating environme nt Remember to follow any special regulations in fo rce in any area and always switch off your phone whenever it is forbidden to use it, or when it may cause interference or danger . Use the phone only in its normal operating positions. Electronic devices Most modern e lectronic equipme nt is shielded from radio fr equency (RF) signa ls. However , certain electronic e quipment may not be shielded against the RF signals from your w ireless phone. P ACEMAKERS P acemaker manufacturer s recommend that a mi nimum separation of at least 6 inches (approximately 20 cm) be maintained between a handheld wireless phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemake r . These recommendations are consistent with the independent researc h by and recommendatio ns of Wireless T echnology Research. P ersons with pacemakers: ⢠Should always keep the phone more than 6 inches (20 cm) from their pace maker when the phone is switched on ⢠Should not carr y the phone in a breast pock et ⢠Should use the ear opposite the pa cemaker to minimi ze the potential for i nterference . ⢠Switch off the phone immediately if yo u have any reason to suspect that interference is takin g place . HEARING AIDS Some digital wireless phones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such interference, you may want to consult your service provider . Other medical devices Operation of a ny radio transmitti ng equipm ent, includi ng cellular p hones, may interfere wi th t h e functionality of inadequately protected medical devices. Consult a physician or the manufacturer of the medical device to determine if they are adequately shielded from external RF energy or if you have any questions. Switch off your p hon e in health care facilities when an y regulations posted in these areas instruct you to do so. Hosp itals or health care facilities may be u sing equipment that could be sensitive to external RF energy . Ve h i c l e s RF signals may affect improperly in stalled or in adequ ately shielded e lectr onic system s in motor vehicles (for example, electronic fuel injectio n system s, electronic an tiskid/ antilock braking systems, electronic speed control systems, air ba g systems). C heck with the manufa cturer or its representative regarding your ve hicle. Y ou sh ould also consult the manufacturer of any equipment that has been added to your vehicle. P OSTED FACILITIES Switch your phone off in any facility where posted notices so requ ire. P otent ially expl osive atmo spheres Switch off your phone w hen in any area with a potentially explosive at mosphere and obey all signs and i nstructions. Sparks in s uch areas could cause an explosion or fi re resulting in proper ty and/or bodily injury or even death. Users are advised to switch off the phone when at a refuelling point (service station). User s are reminded of the need to observe restri ctions on the use of radio equipment in fuel depots (fuel storage and distribution areas), chemical plants, or where blasting operations are in progress.
[ 77 ] Referenc e information Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often but not always clearly marked. They include below deck on boats; chemical transfer or storage facilities; veh icles using liquefied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane); areas where th e air conta ins ch emicals or particles, such as grain, dust, or met al powders; and any other area w here you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engi ne. Ve h i c l e s Only qualified personnel should service the phone or install the phone in a vehicle. F aulty installation or service may be dangerous and may invalidate any warranty which may apply to the unit. Check regularly that all wi re less phone equipment in your vehicle is mounted and operating properly . Do not store or carry flammable liquids, gases or explosive materials in the same compartment as the phone, its parts or enhancements. For vehicles equipped with an air bag, remember that an air bag inflates with great force . Do not place objects, including both installed or portable wireless equipment in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deployment area. If in-vehicle wireless equipment is improperly installed and the air bag inflates, serious injury could result. FCC regulations prohibit using your phone while in the air . Switch off your phone before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless telephones in an aircraft may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, disrupt the wire less teleph one network, and may be illegal. F ailure to observe these instructions may lead to suspension or denial of telephone services to the offender , legal action or both. Emergency calls Important: This phone, like any wireless phone, ope rates using radio signals, wireless, and land line networks as well as user-p rogram med functions. Because of this, connection s in all conditions cannot be guaranteed. Ther ef ore you should never rely solely upon any wireless phone for essential communication s (for example, medical emergencies). Emergency calls may not be possible on all wire less phone networks or when certain network services and/or phone f eatures are in use. Check with loc a l service providers. Make an Emergency Call 1 If the phone is not on, switch it on. 2 Press the End key as many t imes as needed (for e xam ple, to exit a call, to exit a menu, etc.) to clear the display and ready the phone for calls. 3 Enter the emergency number for your present loca tion (for example, 91 1 or any other official emergency numberâÂÂemergency numbers vary by loca tion). 4 Press the Send key . ⢠If certain features are in use, you may first ne ed to tu rn th ose feat ures off bef ore y ou c an make an emergency call. Consult this user gu ide and your local cell ular service provider . ⢠When making an emergency call, remember to give all the necessa ry information as accur ately as possible. Remember that your wireless ph one may be the only means of communication at the scene of an accident - do not end the call until given permission to do so.
[ 78 ] ⢠CERTIFICATION INFORMATION (SAR ) THIS MODEL PHONE MEETS THE G OVERNME NT'S REQUIREMENTS FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WA VES. Y our wireless phone is a radio transmitter and receiver . It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Com mission of the U.S. Governmen t. These limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines are based on standards that were developed by independent scientific organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for wireless mobile phon es employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FC C is 1.6W/kg.* Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating posit ions accepted by the FCC with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest ce rtified power level, the actual SAR level of the phone while operating can be well below the maximum value. This is because the phone is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use on ly the power required to reac h the network. In general, the closer you are to a wireless base station ant enna, the lower the power output. Before a phone model is available for sale to the public, it must be test ed and certified to the FCC that it does not exc eed the limit established by the government-adopted requirement for safe exposure. The tests are performed in positions and locations (for example, at the ear and worn on the body) as required by the FCC for ea ch model. The highest SAR value for this model phone as reported to the FCC when tested for us e at the ear is 1.18 W/kg and when worn on the body , as described in this user guide, is 0.96 W/kg. (Body-worn measurements differ among phone models, depending upon available enhancements and FCC requiremen ts). While there may be differences bet ween the SA R levels of various phones and at various positions, they all meet the government requiremen t. The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorizatio n for this model phone with all reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. SAR information on this model phone is on file with the FCC and can be found under the Dis play Grant section of http://www .fcc.gov/oet/fccid after searching on FCC ID QMNRH-44 . For body worn operation, this phone has been te sted and meets t he FCC RF exposure guidelines for use with an enhancement that contains no metal and that positions the handset a minimum of 7/8 inch (2.2 cm) from the body . Use of ot her enhancements may not ensure compliance with FCC RF exposure guidelines. If you do not use a body worn enhancement, and are not holding the phone at the ear , position the hand set a minimum of 7/8 inch (2.2 cm) from your body when the phone is switched on. *In the Unit ed States and Canad a, the SAR limit f or mobile phones used by the public is 1. 6 watts/ kilogram (W/kg) averaged over one gram of ti ssue. Th e standard incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional protection for the public and to account for any variations in measurements. SAR values may vary dependin g on national repor ting requirements and the network band. For SAR information in other regions please look under product information at: http://www .nokia.com .
[ 79 ] Referenc e information ⢠CARE AND MAIN TENANCE Y our phone is a product of superior design and craf tsmanship and should be treated with care. The suggestions below will help you to fulfill any warranty obligations and to enjoy this product for m any ye ars : ⢠Kee p the phone and all its parts and enhancements out of the reach of small children. ⢠K eep the phone dry . Precipitation, humidity and all types of liquids or moisture can contain minerals that will corrode electronic circuits. ⢠Do not use or store the phone in dusty , dirty areas. Its moving parts can be damaged. ⢠Do not store the phone in hot areas. High temperatures can shorten the life of ele ctronic devices, damage batteries, and warp or melt cer tain plastics. ⢠Do not store the phone in cold areas. When it warm s up (to its normal temperature), moisture can form inside and may damage electronic circuit boards. ⢠Do not attempt to open the phone except to remove or change front and back covers. Nonexpert handling may damage it. ⢠Do not drop, knock, or shake the phone. Rough handling can break internal circuit boards. ⢠Do not use harsh ch emicals, cleaning solvents, or strong detergents to cl ean the phone. ⢠Do not paint the phone. P aint can clog the moving parts and pr event proper oper ation. ⢠Use only the supplied or an approved re placement antenna. Unauthorized antennas, modifications, or attachments could dama ge the phone and may violate regulations governing radio device s. All of the above suggestions apply equally to yo ur phone, battery , charger or any enhancement. If any of them are not working properl y , take th em to your nearest qualified service facility . The personnel there will assist you, an d if necessary , arrange for service. ⢠ENHANCEMENTS T o enhance your phoneâÂÂs functionality , a range of enhancements is available for you. Y o u can select any of these items to help accommodate your specific communi cation needs. For availability of these and other enhancements, contact your service prov ider . A FEW PRACTICAL RULES FOR E NHANCEMENT OPERATION ⢠K eep all enhancements out of the reach of small children. ⢠When disconnecting a power cord of an enhancement, grasp and pull the plug, not the cord. ⢠Check r egularly that any vehicle-instal le d enhancements are mounted and are operating properly . ⢠Installation of any complex ca r enha ncements must be made by qualified personnel only . ⢠Use only batteries, chargers, and enhancements that have been approved by Nokia. The use of any other types could invalidate any approval or warranty apply ing to the phone and could be dangerous. Refer to âÂÂUse enhancements safelyâ on page 75 for important battery usage information.
[ 80 ] ⢠BATTERY INFORMATION Note: T he phone has a lithium ion (Li-Ion) battery . Dispose of batt eries according to local regulations (f or example, recycling). D o not dispose as household waste. This section provides information about the phoneâ s battery . Be aware that the information in this section is subject to change. The tables shown in this section provide informat ion about the battery that is available for your phone, charging times with the Standard T ravel Charger (ACP-7U), the ta lk and standby times. Consult your service provider for more information. Charging Tim es Charging times for the B LC-2 Li-ion B attery (1 000 mA) are approximate: Standby and Talk Times Note: Battery talk and standby times are estimates only and depend on signal strength, network conditions, features used, battery age and condition (including the effect of charging habits), temperatures to which battery is exposed, use in digital mode, and many other factors. Please note that the am ount of time a phone is used for ca lls will affect its standby time. Likewise, the amount of time that the phone is turned on and in standby mode will affect its talk time. Charging and Dischargin g Y our phone is powered by a rechargeable battery . Note that a new batter y's full performance is achie ved only after two or three c omplete charge and discharge cycles! The battery can be char ged and discharged hundreds of times but it will ev entu ally w ea r out. When the operating time (talk-time and standby t ime) is noticeably shorter than normal, it is time to buy a new battery . Use only batteries approved by Nokia and recharge y our battery only with the chargers approved by the manufacture r . Unplug the charger from the electrical plug and the device when not in use. Do not leave the battery connected to a charger . Overcharging ma y shorten its lifetime. If left unused, a fully charged battery will lose its charge over time. T emperature extremes can affect the ability of yo ur battery to charge. Battery will not charge at temperatures above 14 0ðF (60ðC). Battery option ACP-7U BLC-2 L i-ion 3 hrs 50 mi n Mode Talk time Standby t ime Digital Up to 3 hrs Up to 12 days Analog Up to 1 hr . Up to 1 day
[ 8 1 ] Referenc e information ⢠CHARGERS AND OTHER ENHANCEMENTS Check the model number of any charger before use with this device. This device is intended for use when supplied with power from the devices listed on the following pages. Warning: Use only batteries, chargers, and enhancements approved by Nokia for use with this pa rticular phone mode l. The use of a ny other typ es may invalidate any approval or warranty applying to the phone and may be dangerous. For availability of approved enhancemen ts, please check with your dealer . When you disconnect the p ower cord of any enha ncement, g rasp and pull the plug, not t he cord. Learn about chargers and other enhancem ents This section provides a list of the your phoneâ s char gers and enhancements. Be aware that the enhancement information is su bject to change as the chargers and enhancements change. The chargers and enhancem ents are available for yo ur phone. Cont act your dealer for details and ref er to the enh ance ments bro chur e in your sales package for all Nokia Original Enhancements. Note: When a charger is not in use, disconnect it from the power source. Do not leave the batte ry connected to a charger for longer t han a week, since prolonged maintenanc e charging of the batt ery could shorten its lifet ime. If left unused, a fully charged battery will discharge over time. Note: If the battery is completely empty , you cannot use the phone un til it has enough charge to operate. ⢠Standard Battery (BLC-2) ⢠Standard Charger (ACP-7U) ⢠Travel Charger (A CP-12U) ⢠Por table Hands Free Device (BHF-1) ⢠Rapid Mobile Charger (LCH-12) ⢠FM Headset (HS -2R) ⢠Loopset TM (LPS-4) ⢠Rea ctive Cove rs (SKR-321) and (SKR-322) ⢠A ctive Covers (SKR -66 1) and (SK R-662) ⢠Color covers (SKR-3 18) and (SK R-3 19) Enhancements can be purchased at any V erizon Wireless retail location or at www .V erizonWireless.com. ⢠NOKIA XP RESS -ON⢠COLOR C OVERS Y our phoneâÂÂs Xpress-on cover is available in se veral fashion colors. Xpress-on covers may be purchased from your authorized Nokia dealer .
[ 82 ] Warning: Befor e changing the cover , always sw itch off the power and disconnect the phone from the charger or any other device. Always store and use the phone with the covers attached.
[ 83 ] Referenc e information REMOVE THE FRONT AND BACK COVERS Warning: When the front cover is off the phone, be careful not to damage the phoneâÂÂs screen face or the rubber gasket around it. Switch off the power . Disconnect the phon e from the charger or any other device. 1 Push the release button, slide the cover downward, and lift off. 2 Gently pry the front cover away from the phone and lift the cover off the phone. REMOVE AND REPLACE THE KEYPAD 1 Lift the keypad from the inside of the front cover . 2 Place the keypad into the new front cover and press into place. REPLACE THE FRONT AND BACK COVERS 1 Align the keypad with the proper openings in the front cover . 2 Gently push the front cover in to the phone until it clicks into place. 3 Insert the two catches of the back c over in the corresponding slots in the phone. 4 Slide the cover towards the bottom of the phone until it locks into place.
[ 84 ] 18 Nokia One Y ear Limited W arranty Nokia Inc. (âÂÂNokiaâÂÂ) warrants that this cellu lar phone (âÂÂProductâÂÂ) is free from defects in material and workmanship that result in Product failure during normal usage, according to the following terms and conditions: 1 The limited warranty for the Product extends fo r ONE (1) year beginning o n t he date of th e purchase of the Product. This one year period is extended by each whole day that the Product is out of your possession for repair under this warranty . 2 The limited warranty extends only to the original purchaser (âÂÂConsumerâÂÂ) o f t h e P r o d uc t an d is not assignable or transferable to any subsequent purchaser/end-user . 3 The limited warranty extends only to Consumers who purchase the Product in the United States of America. 4 During the limited warranty period, Nokia will repa ir , or replace, at Nokiaâ s sole option, any defective parts, or a ny parts that will not properly operate for their intended use with new or refurbished r eplacement items if such repair or replac ement is needed because of product malfunction or failure during normal usage. No charge will be made to t he Con sumer for any such parts. Nokia w ill also pay for the la bor charges incurred by Nokia in repairing or replacing the defective parts. The limited warranty does not cover defects in appearance, cosmetic, decorative or st ructural items, including framing, and any non-operative parts. Nokiaâ s limit of liability under the limited warran ty shall be the actual cash value of the Product at the time the Consumer returns the Pr oduct for repair , determined by the price paid by the Consumer for the Product less a reasonable amount for usage. Nokia shall not be liable for any other losses or damages. Th ese remedies are the Consumerâ s exclusive remedies for breach of warranty . 5 Upon request from Nokia, t he Consumer must pr ove the date of the original purchase of the Product by a dated bill of sa le or dated item ized receipt. 6 The Consumer shall bear the cost of shippin g the Product to Nokia in Melbourne, Florida. Nokia shall bear the cost of shipping the Product back to the Consumer after the completion of service under this limited warranty . 7 The Consumer shall h ave no coverage or benefi ts under this lim ited warranty if any of the following conditions are applicable: a The Product has been subjected to abnormal use, abnormal conditions, improper sto rag e, exposure to moisture or dampness, unauthorized modifications, unauthori zed co nnec tio ns, unauthorized repair , misuse, neglect, abuse, accident, alteration, improper installation, or other acts which are not the fault of Nokia, including damage caused by shipping. b The Product has been damaged from external causes such as collision with an object, or from fire, flooding, sand, dirt, winds torm, lightning, earthq uake or damage from ex posu re to weather conditions, an Act of God, or battery leakage , theft, blown fuse, or imp ro pe r use of any electrical sourc e, damage caused by computer or internet vi ruse s, b ugs , w orms , T r ojan Horses, cancelbots or damage caused by the connection to other products not recommended for interconnec tion by Nokia. c Nokia was not advised in wri ting by the Consumer of the alle ged defect or malfunc tion of the Product within fourteen (14) days after the expiration of the applicable limited warranty period.
[ 85 ] Nokia One Y ear Limited Warranty d The Product serial number plate or the enhancement data code has been removed, defaced or altered. e The defect or damage was c aused by the de fective function of th e cellular system or by inadequate signal reception by the external antenna, or viruses or other software problems introduced into the Product. 8 Nokia does not warrant uninterrupte d or error- free operation of the Product. If a problem develops during the limited warranty period, the Consumer sh all take the following step- by-step procedure : a The Consumer shall return the Product to the place of purchase for repair or replacement processing. b If â aâ is not convenient because of distance (more than 50 miles) or for other good cause, the Consumer shall ship the Product prepaid and insured to: Nokia Inc., Attn: Repair Department 795 West Nasa Blvd. Melbourne, FL 3 290 1 c The Consumer shall include a return add ress, daytim e phone num ber and/or fax nu mber , complete description of the problem, proof of purchase a nd service agreement (if applicable). Expen ses related to removing the Product from an installation are not covered under this limited warran ty . d The Con sumer will be billed for any parts or labor charges not covered by this limited warranty . The C onsumer will be responsible fo r any expenses related to reinstallation of the Product. e Nokia will repair the Product under the limit ed warranty within 30 days after receipt of the Product. If Nokia cannot perf orm repairs covered under this limited warra nty within 30 days, or after a reasonable number of attempts to repair the same defect, Nokia at its option, will provide a replacement Product or re fund the purchase price of the Product less a reasonable amount for usage. In some stat es the Consumer may have the right to a loaner if the r epair of the Product takes more than ten (1 0) days. Please contact the Customer Ser vice Center at Nokia at the telephone number listed at the end of this warranty if you need a loaner and the repair of the Product has taken or is estimated to take more than ten (1 0) days. f If the Product is returned during the limited warranty period, but the problem with the Product is not covered under the terms and conditions of this limited warranty , the Consumer will be notified and given an estimate of the charges the Consumer must pay to have the Product repaired, with all shippin g charges billed to the Cons umer . If the estimate is refused, the Product will be returned freight collect. If the Product is returned after t he expiration of the limit ed warranty period, Nokiaâ s normal service policies shall ap ply and the Consumer will be r esponsible for all shipping ch arges. 9 Y OU (THE CO NSUMER) UND ERST AND THA T THE PR ODUCT MA Y CONSIST OF R EF UR BI SH E D EQUIPMENT THAT CONT AINS USED COMPONENTS, SOME OF WHICH HAVE BEEN REPROCESSED. The used components comply with Product performance and reliability specifications.
[ 86 ] 10 ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY , OR FIT NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE DURA TION OF THE FOREGOING LI MITED WRITTEN WA RRANTY . OTHERWISE, TH E FOREGOING LIMI TED W ARRANTY IS THE CONSUMERâÂÂS SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMED Y AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. NOKIA SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INC IDENTAL, PU NITI VE O R CO NSEQ UENT IAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT N OT LIMITED TO LOSS OF ANTICIP ATED BENEFITS OR PR OF IT S, LOSS OF SA VINGS OR REVENUE, LOSS OF DA TA , PUNITIVE DAMAGES, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQ UIPMENT , COST OF CAPITAL, COST OF ANY SUBSTITUTE EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES, DOWN TIME, THE CLAI MS OF ANY TH IRD P ARTIES, INCL UDING CUSTOMERS, AND INJURY T O PROPERTY , RESUL TING FROM THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ARISING FROM BR EACH OF T HE WARRANTY , BR EACH O F CONTRAC T , NEGLIGENCE, STRICT T ORT , OR ANY O THER LE GAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY , EVEN IF NOKIA KNEW OF THE LIK ELIHOOD O F SUCH DAMAGES. NOK IA SHALL N OT BE LIABLE FOR D ELA Y IN RENDERING SERVICE UNDER THE LIMITED WARRANTY , OR LOSS OF USE DURING THE PERIOD THAT THE PRODUCT IS BEING REP AIRED. 11 Some states do not allow limitation of how long an implied warranty lasts, so the one year warranty limitation may not apply to you (the Consumer). Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental and consequential dam ages, so certain of the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you (t he Consumer). This limited warranty gives the Consumer specific legal rights and the Consumer m ay also have other rights which vary from stat e to state. 12 Nokia neither assumes nor authorizes any author ized service c enter or any other person or entity to assume for it any other obligation or liabil ity beyond that which is expressly provided for in this limited warranty includ ing the provider or seller of any extended warranty or se rvice agreement. 13 This is the entire warra nty between the Nokia and the Consumer , and su pe r se de s al l p ri or a nd co n te mp or an eo us ag r ee me nt s o r u nd er st an di ng s, oral or written, relating to the Product, and no representation, promise or condition not contained herein shall modify these terms. 14 This limited warranty allocates the risk of fa ilure of the Product between the Consumer and Nokia. The allocation i s recognized by the Consumer and is reflected in the pur chase price. 15 Any action or lawsuit for breach of warr anty must be com menced within eighteen (18) months following purchase of the Product. 16 Questions concerning this limited warranty may be directed to: Nokia Inc. Attn: Customer Service 7725 Woodland Center Blvd., Ste. 150 Ta mp a , F L 3 3614 Telephone: 1-888-NOKIA-2U (1-888-665- 4228) F ax: 1-813-249-96 19 TTY/TDD Users Only: 1-800- 24-NOKIA ( 1-800- 246-6542) 17 The limite d warranty period for Nokia supp lied attachments and enhancements is specifically defined within their own warranty cards and packaging.
[ 87 ] Nokia One Y ear Limited Warranty Manufactured or sold under one or more of the following US patents: D405445 5642377 5796757 5 99 1627 608447 1 64 1 4640 6580 77 1 Others D406583 5699 482 5802465 600588 9 60883 42 6434186 6587685 4558302 D4 14189 57 01392 582189 1 6 009 129 6 148290 64 59689 490 130 7 D405784 57 08656 5854978 602580 2 6 154455 646303 1 5056 1 09 D4235 15 5642377 5859843 6029065 6 167 083 64 66 173 5 1 0 150 1 4969 192 5737323 5887250 60470 7 1 6205325 6480 700 5 1 09390 5440597 5754976 588 7252 605526 4 62530 75 6480 155 5265 1 19 54448 16 5758278 58 8977 0 60 72787 6292474 6486835 RE32580 549 17 18 5790957 59298 13 60 7618 1 63320 83 6496150 559657 1 5793744 5990 740 60 78570 63778 13 657 0909
[ 85 ] Appendix A Appendix A Message from the CTIA (Cellular T elecommunications & Internet Association) to all users of mobile phones. é 2001 Cellu lar T elecommunicat ions & Internet Associa tion. All Right s R eserv ed.1250 Connecticu t A v en ue, NW Suite 800, W ashington, DC 20036. Phone: (202) 785-008 1
[ 86 ] Safety is the most important call you will ever make. A Guide to Safe and Res ponsible Wireless Phone Use T ens of millions of people i n the U .S. toda y tak e ad v antage of the unique combination of con v enience, saf ety and v alue deli v er ed b y the wir eless telephone. Quit e simply , the wir eless phone gi v es people th e po w erful a bility to commu nicate b y v oice--almost anyw here, anytime-- with the boss , with a c lient, wit h the kids, with emer gency personnel or ev en with the police. Eac h y ear , Americans mak e billions o f calls fr om their wir eless phones , and the n umbers are rapidly g ro wi ng. But an important r esponsibility accompanies t hose benef its, one th at ev er y wireles s phone user must uphol d. When drivi ng a car , dri ving is y our firs t respo nsibility . A wir eless phone can be an in v aluable tool , but go od ju dgme nt must b e exercised at all t ime s w hi le dr iving a m oto r v ehi cle- -w hether on the phone or not . T he basic less ons ar e ones w e all learned as teena g ers . Dri ving r equires a ler tness, ca ution and courtesy . It r equires a hea vy dose of bas ic common sense-- -k eep y our head up , ke ep y our ey es on the r oad, c heck y our mirr ors fre quently and w atc h out f or other dri v ers. It r equir es obeying all traf fic signs and signals and sta ying within the speed limit. It means using seatbelts and requiring other pass engers to do the same. But with wir eless phone use, drivi ng safel y means a little more. T his broc hure i s a call to wir eless phone users ev eryw here to mak e safety their f irst priori ty w hen behind the w heel of a car . W irel ess telecomm unications is k eeping us in tou ch , simplifyin g our li v es, pr otecting us in emer gencies and pr o viding opportunities to help others in need. W hen it comes to the use o f wirel ess phones, saf ety is your most important call . Wireless Phone "Safety Tip s" Belo w ar e safety ti ps to f ollo w w hile dri ving and using a wi rel ess phone w hich sh ould be easy to remember . 1 Get to kno w y our wir eless phone and i ts featur es such as speed dial and r edial. Car efully r ead y our instruction man ual and learn to tak e ad v antage of v alua ble f eatur es most phones off er , inc luding automatic r edial and memory . Also , w ork t o memorize the phone k eypad so y ou can use the speed dia l function without t aking y our attention off t he r oad. 2 When a v ailab le, use a hands free de vice. A number of hands free wir eless phone accessori es ar e readi ly a v aila b le toda y . W hether y ou cho ose an instal led mount ed devic e f or y our wirel ess phone or a speak er phone accessory , tak e ad v antage o f these de vices i f a v aila b le to y ou. 3 P osition y our wir eless phone wi thin easy r each. Mak e sur e y ou place y our wir eless phone within easy r each and w her e y ou can gra b it without r emo ving y our ey es fro m the road. If y ou g et an inco ming call at an inc on v enie nt ti me, if po ssible, le t y our v o ice mail an s w er it f or y ou. 4 Suspend con v ersations dur ing hazar dous dri ving conditi ons or situation s. Let the person y ou are s peaking with kno w y ou ar e dri ving; if necessary , suspend the call in hea vy traff ic or hazar dous w eather conditions . R ain, sleet, sno w and ice can be haz ardous , but so i s hea vy tra ff ic. As a dri v er , y our f irst res ponsibility is to pa y attention to t he road . 5 Do not tak e notes or look up phone nu mbers w hile dri ving. I f y ou are r eading an addr ess book or b usiness car d, or writ ing a "to do" lis t w hile dri ving a car , y ou are n ot w atch ing w her e y ou are g oing. Itâ s common sense. Don âÂÂt get caught i n a dangerous si tuation becau se y ou are r eading or writing a nd not pa ying attentio n to the r oad or nearb y v ehicles . 6 Dial sensib ly and ass ess the tr aff ic; if possib le, plac e calls w hen y ou are not mo ving or bef or e pulling into tr aff ic. T ry to plan y our calls be f ore y ou begin y our tri p or attempt to coincide y our calls with time s y ou ma y be stopped at a stop s ign, r ed light or other wise stationary . But if y ou need to di al w hile dri ving, f ollo w this simple t ip--dial only a fe w numbers , c heck the r oad and y our mirr ors, then co ntinue .
[ 87 ] Appendix A 7 Do not eng age in str essful or emotiona l con v ersations that ma y be distr acting. Str essful or emotional con v ersations and dr iving do not mix--they ar e distrac ting and ev en dangerous w hen y ou are behind the w heel of a car . Mak e people y ou ar e talking with a w are y ou ar e dri ving and if ne cessary , suspend con v ersations w hic h ha v e the potential to div er t y our attentio n from the road. 8 Use y our wir eless phone to call f or help . Y our wir eless phone i s one of the gr eatest tools y ou can o wn to prot ect y ourself an d y our family i n dangerous s ituations--with y our phone at y our side, help is only th r ee numbers a w a y . Dial 9-1-1 or other local emer g ency number i n the case of fir e, traf f ic accident, r oad hazar d or medical emer ge ncy . R emember , it is a fr ee call on y our wir eless phone! 9 Use y our wirele ss phone to help others in emer gencies. Y our wir eless phone pr o vides y ou a perf ect opportunity to be a "Good Samarit an" in y our comm unity . If y ou see an auto accident, crime in pr ogress or other serious e mergency w here li v es are in danger , call 9-1-1 or other lo cal emer g ency number , as y ou w ould w ant others to do f or y ou. 10 Call r oadside assi stance or a speci al wire less non-emer gency assistance n umber w hen necessary . Certain situati ons y ou encounte r w hile dri ving ma y r equir e attention, b ut are not ur gent enough to merit a call f or emergency servic es. But y ou still can use y our wir eless phone to len d a hand. If y ou see a br ok en-do wn v ehicle posing no serious hazard , a br ok en tra ff ic signal, a min or traf fi c accident w here no on e appears inj ured o r a v ehicl e y ou kno w to be stol en, call r oadside assistance or other special no n-emergency wir eless number . Car eless, d istracte d indi viduals and peo ple dri ving irr esponsibl y repr esent a hazar d to ev ery one on the r oad. Since 1984, the Cellula r T elecommuni cations Indust r y Association and the wir eless industry ha v e conducted educat ional outr each to in f orm wirele ss phone users of their r esponsibilit ies as safe dr iv ers and good citizens . As w e appr oach a ne w century , more and mor e of us wi ll tak e ad v antage of the benef its of wir eless te lephones . And, as w e tak e to the r oads, w e all ha v e a res ponsibility to driv e safely . The wireless industry reminds you to use your phone safely when driving. F or mor e inf or mation, pleas e call 1-888-901- SAFE. F or updates: htt p://www .w o w-com.com/consumer/is sues/dri ving/articl es.c fm?ID=85 é 2001 Cellu lar T elecommunicat ions & Internet Associa tion. All Rights R eserv ed.1250 Connecticut A v enue , NW Suite 800, W ashington, DC 20036. Phone: (202) 785- 0081
[ 88 ] NOTES
[ 89 ] Appendix B Appendix B Message from the FDA (U.S. Food and Drug Administration) to all users of mobile phones. J uly 18, 2001 F or updat es: http://www .fda.go v/cdrh/phon es
[ 90 ] Consumer Update on Wireless Phones U.S. Food and Drug Administratio n 1. Do wireless ph ones pos e a health haz ard? T he a v aila ble s cientif ic evidence does not sho w that any he alth pr oblems ar e associated with using wi rele ss phones . T here i s no pr oof , ho w ev er , that wir eless phones ar e a bsolutely saf e. W irel ess phones emit lo w lev els of radi o fre quency energy (RF) in the micr o w a v e range w hile being used. They also emit v er y lo w lev els of RF w hen in the s tand-b y mode. Wh ereas high lev els of RF can pr oduce health ef fect s (by he ating tiss ue), e xposur e to lo w lev el RF that does not pr oduce heating ef fects causes no kno wn ad v erse health ef fects . Many studies of lo w lev el RF e xposur es ha v e not f ound any biolo gical ef fects . Some st udies ha v e suggested that some biolo gical eff ects ma y occur , b ut suc h fi ndings ha v e not been conf irmed by ad ditional r esear ch. In some cases , other r esear chers ha v e had diff iculty in r eproducing t hose studies , or in determining the r easons f or inconsistent r esults. 2. What is FDA's role concerning t he safety of wireless p hones? Under the la w , FD A does not r evie w the safety of radiati on-emitting c onsumer pr oducts suc h as wir eless phones be f ore t hey can be sold, as it does with ne w drugs or medical devi ces. Ho w ev er , the a gency has authority to tak e action if wir eless phones ar e sho wn to emit r adio fr equency ener g y (RF) at a lev el that is hazar dous to the user . In such a case , FD A could r equir e the man ufactur ers of wire less phones to not ify users of the h ealth hazar d and to re pair , r eplace or r ecall the phones so that the hazar d no longer e xists . Although the e xisting scienti fic d ata do not justif y FD A regulat or y actions, FD A has urged the wir eless phone ind ustr y to tak e a number o f steps, i ncludi ng the f ollo wing: ⢠Support needed re sear ch int o possib le biologi cal eff ects of RF of the t ype emitted b y wir eless phones; ⢠Design wir eless phon es in a w a y that minimizes a ny RF exposu re to t he user that is no t necessary f or de vice function; a nd ⢠Coopera te in pr o viding users of wir eless phones wit h the best possib le inf ormation on possib le ef fects of wi reles s phone use on human heal th. FD A belongs t o an intera g ency w orking gr oup of the f ederal agencies that ha v e re sponsibility f or diff er ent asp ects of RF s afety to e nsur e coor dinated ef f o rts at the f eder al lev el. Th e f ollo wing agencies b elong to this w orking g ro up: ⢠National Ins titute f or Occupational Saf ety and Health ⢠En vir onmental Prot ection Agency ⢠F ederal Communicat ions Commission ⢠Occupational Saf ety and Health Administr ation ⢠Na tion al T e leco mmuni cat ions an d Informa tio n Ad minis trati on T he National Inst itutes of Health pa r ticipates in some i ntera genc y w orki ng group acti vities, as w ell. FD A shar es regul ator y r esponsibiliti es f or wireless phones with the F ederal Comm unications Commission (F CC). All phones tha t are s old in the United St ates must comply with FCC saf ety guideline s that limit RF e xposur e. FCC r elies on FD A and other health a gencies f or saf ety questions about wir eless phones . FCC also regu lates the base st ations that the wir eless phone netw or ks re ly upon. W hile these ba se stations oper ate at higher po w er than do the wir eless phones themsel v es, the RF e xposur es that peop le get from the se base stations are t ypically thousands of times lo w er than those they can get fr om wireless phones. Base stations ar e thus not the subj ect of the saf ety questions discussed in thi s document.
[ 9 1 ] Appendix B 3. What kinds of ph ones are th e subject of this u p d ate? Th e term wir eless phone refers here to hand-hel d wir eless phones with built-in antennas , often called ce ll mobile or PCS phones . These types of wir eless phones can e xpose the user to measura ble r adio fr equency energy (RF) because of the short distanc e betw een the phone and the userâ s head. Thes e RF expo sures are limited by F ederal Communications Commission saf ety guideline s that w ere dev eloped with th e ad vice of FD A and other f edera l health and saf ety agencies . When the phone is located a t greater d istances fr om the user , the expo sur e to RF is dras tically lo w er because a person's RF e xposur e decr eases ra pidly with incr easing dista nce fr om the sour ce. The s o-called cor dless phon es; w hic h ha v e a base unit c onnected to the telephone wi ring in a house, ty pically oper ate at far lo w er po w er lev els, and thus pr oduce RF e xposur es far belo w the FCC safe ty limits . 4. What are the results of the research done already? T he r esear ch done thus far has pr oduced conf licting r esults, and many studies ha v e suff er ed fr om f la ws in their rese arc h methods . Animal e xperiments i n v estig ating the effec ts of radi o fr equency energy (RF) exposur es char acteristic of wi rel ess phones ha v e yielded c onf licting r esults that often cannot be r epeated in other la boratories . A fe w animal studies , ho w ev er , ha v e suggested that lo w lev els of RF could ac celerate t he dev elopment of cancer in labor atory animals . Ho w ev er , many of t he studies t hat sho w ed incr eased tumor de v elopment used ani mals that had b een g e neti cally en gine ered or treate d with can cer-causin g chemic als s o as to be pre- disposed t o dev elop cancer in the a bsence of RF e xposure. Other studies e xposed the animals t o RF f or up to 22 hours per da y . T hese conditions are not similar to t he conditions under w hich people use wi reles s phones, so w e don âÂÂt kno w with certainty w hat the r esults of suc h studies mean f or human health. T hr ee lar ge epidemiolo g y studies ha v e been pub lished since December 2000. Be tw een them, the studies i n v estig ated any pos sible association bet w een the us e of wire less phones and pri mar y brai n cancer , glioma, menin gioma, or acoustic ne ur oma, tumors of the br ain or sali v ar y gland, leuk emia, or other can cers. None of the studi es demonstr ated the e xistence of any ha rmful health ef fects from wi rele ss phone RF e xposur es . Ho w ev er , none of the studies ca n ans w er questions about l ong-term expos ur es, since the a v era ge period of phone use i n these studies w as ar ound thr ee y ears . 5. What research is need ed to decide whether RF exposure from wireless ph ones poses a h ealth risk? A combination of labor ator y studies and epidemio logical st udies of people ac tually using wir eless phones w ould pro vide some of the data that ar e needed. Lifetime ani mal expos ure studies c ould be completed in a f ew y ears. Ho w ev er , v er y large n umbers of animals w ould be needed to pr o vide r elia ble pr oof of a cancer pr omoting eff ect if one e xists. Epidemiologi cal studies can pro vide data that is dir ectly applica ble to human popu lations, b ut 10 or more y ears f ollo w-up ma y be needed to pr o vide ans w ers abo ut some health ef fects, suc h as cancer . T his is because t he interv al betw een the time of e xposur e to a cancer -causing agent and the time tumors dev elop - if they do - ma y be many , many y ears . The inte rpreta tion of epidemiolo gical studies is hamper ed by di ff iculties i n measuring actua l RF expos ure dur ing da y-to-da y use of wi rel ess phones . Many factors affec t this measur ement, suc h as the angle at w hich the phone is held, or w hic h model of phone is used. 6. What is FDA do ing to find out more ab out the po ssible health ef fect s of wireless ph one RF? FD A is w or king with the U .S. Na tional T o xicolo g y Pro gram and with gr oups of in v estig ators ar ound the w or ld to ensur e that high priority animal st udies ar e conducted to ad dr ess important questions about t he eff ects of e xposur e to r adiofr equency ener g y ( RF).
[ 92 ] FD A has been a l eading participant in the W or ld Health Organization Int ernational Electr omagnetic F ields (EMF) Pr oject since its in ception in 1996. An i nf luential r esult of this w ork ha s been the de v elopment of a detailed a genda of re searc h needs that has d riv en the esta blishment of ne w r esear ch pr ograms ar ound the w or ld. T he Proj ect has also helped de v elop a series o f publi c inf or mation documents on EMF issues . FD A and the Cell ular T elecommunications & Internet Associati on (CTIA) ha v e a f or mal C o o p e r at ive Res e a rch an d D evel o p m e n t A g ree m e n t ( C R A D A ) t o d o re s e a rch o n w i rel es s p h o n e safety . FD A pr o vid es the scien tific o versight, ob taini ng inpu t from expert s in go vernment , in du s tr y , and academi c organizations . CTIA-funded r esearc h is conducted thr ough contracts to independent in v estigators. Th e initial r esear ch will inc lude both la boratory studies and studies of wir eless phone users . The CRAD A will also incl ude a br oad assessment of addition al res earc h needs in th e conte xt of the latest resea rc h dev elopments ar ound the w or ld. 7. How can I find out how m uch radio freque ncy energy exposure I can get by using my wireless p hone? All phones so ld in the Unite d States must c omply with F ederal Comm unications Commiss ion (FCC) guid elines that limit radio fr equency ener g y ( RF) e xposur es. FCC es tab lished these guideline s in consultat ion with FD A and the other fede ral health an d safe ty agencies . T he FCC limit f or RF e xposur e from wir eless telephones is se t at a Specif ic Absorption Rat e (SAR) of 1.6 w atts per kilo g ram (1.6 W/kg) . The FCC limit is consi stent with the saf ety standar ds dev eloped b y the Institut e of Electrical and Electr onic Engineering (IEEE) and t he National Counci l on R adiation Pr otection and Measur ement. T he exp osur e limit tak es into considerat ion the bodyâ s a bility to r emo v e heat fr om the tissues that absorb ene r g y fr om the wireles s phone and is set w e ll belo w lev els kno wn to ha v e eff ects . Man ufactur ers of wir eless phones must report the RF e xposure lev el f or each mo del of phone to the FCC. T he FCC w ebsite (h ttp://www .fcc.g o v/oet/rfsaf ety) gi v es dir ections f or locating t he FCC identif ication n umber on y our phone so y ou can f ind y our phoneâ s RF e xposure l ev el in the online li sting. 8. What has FDA don e to measure th e radio frequency e nergy coming from wireless phones? T he Institut e of Electrica l and Electr onic Engi neers (IEEE) is dev eloping a t ec hnical standar d f or measuring the rad io fr equency ener g y (RF) e xposur e fr om wir eless phon es and othe r wir eless handsets wit h the participation and leadershi p of FD A scientists an d engineers . The standar d, R ecommended Pr actice f or Determining the Spati al-P eak Specif ic Absorption R ate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to W ir eless Communicati ons Devic es: Experimental T ec hniques, s ets f or th the f irst consistent test methodolo g y fo r measuring the r ate at w hich RF is de posited in the heads of wir eless phone users . T he test metho d uses a tissue-sim ulating model of t he human head. Stand ardiz ed SAR test methodolo g y is expe cted to grea tly impr o v e the consistency of measur ements made at dif fer ent la boratories o n the same phone . SAR is the measur ement of the amount of ener g y a bsorbed in ti ssue, either b y the w hole body or a small part of the body . It is measur ed in w atts/kg (or milliw atts/g) of mat ter . T his measur ement is used t o determine w hether a wir eless phone complies wi th safety gu idelines . 9. What step s can I take to reduce my exposu re to radio frequ ency energy from my wireless phone? If ther e is a risk fr om these pr oducts--and at t his point w e do not kno w that ther e is--it is pr obab ly v er y small. But if y ou are conce rned about a v oiding e v en potential risks, y ou can tak e a fe w simple steps to mini mize y our expo sur e to rad io fr equency ener g y (RF). Since time is a k ey factor in ho w muc h e xposur e a person r ecei v es, r educing the amount of time spe nt using a wir eless phone wi ll r educe RF e xposur e.
[ 93 ] Appendix B If y ou must conduct e xtended con v ersations b y wirele ss phone ev er y da y , y ou could place mor e distance b etw een y our body and the s ource o f the RF , since the e xposure lev el dr ops off dramati cally with distance. F or e xample, y ou could use a headset and carry the wireles s phone a w a y from y our body or use a wir eless phone connected to a r emote antenna. Again, the scientif ic data do not demonstr ate that wir eless phones ar e harmful. But if y ou ar e concerned a bout the RF e xposur e from t hese pr oducts , y ou can use meas ure s lik e those described a bo v e to r educe y our RF ex posur e fr om wir eless phone use. 10. What about child ren using wireless phones? T he scientif ic evidence d oes not sho w a danger to users of wi rel ess phones , inc luding c hildr en and teena gers. I f y ou w ant to tak e steps to lo w er e xposur e to rad io fr equency energy (RF), the measur es described a bo v e w ould apply t o chil dren a nd teenagers using wir eless phones . R educing th e time of wir eless phone use and i ncreas ing the distance betw een the user and the RF sour ce will r educe RF exposur e.Some groups sponsor ed by oth er national go v er nments ha v e ad vised that c hildre n be discoura g ed fr om using wi rele ss phones at all. F or example, t he go v er nment in the United Kingd om distrib uted leaf lets conta ining suc h a r ecommendation in December 200 0. T hey noted that no e vidence e xists that using a wir eless phone ca uses brain tumors or other ill ef fects . Their r ecommendation to li mit wir eless phone use by c hildr en w as strictl y prec autionary; it w as not based on scie ntif ic evidence that any health haz ard e xists . 1 1. What a bout wireless pho ne interference with med ical equipment ? Ra dio fr equency ener g y (RF) from wir eless phones can inte ract with some e lectr onic devic es. F or this r eason, FD A helped dev elop a detailed test met hod to measur e electr omagnetic inter fer ence (E MI) of impl anted car diac pacemak ers and def ibrillator s fr om wir eless tel ephones . T his test meth od is no w par t of a standar d sponsore d b y the Association f or the Ad v ancement of Medica l instrumentat ion (AAMI). T he f inal draft, a joi nt eff or t by FD A, medical de vice man ufactur ers, and many other groups , w as completed in late 2 000. T his standar d will allo w man ufactur ers to ensu re tha t card iac pacemak ers and def ibrillat ors ar e safe fr om wir eless phone EMI. FD A has tested hearing aids f or interfer ence fr om handhel d wire less phones and helped dev elop a v oluntary standar d sponsor ed by the I nstitute of Elec trical and Elect ronic Engineers (IEEE). T his standar d specif ies test methods and perf or mance r equir ements f or hearing aids and wire less phones so that no inte rference occurs w hen a person uses a co mpatib le phone and a accompanied hea ring aid at the sa me time. T his standar d w as ap pro v ed by t he IEEE in 2000. FD A contin ues to monitor the use of wire less phones f or possib le interact ions with other medical devices. Should harm ful interference be f ound to occur , FD A wi ll conduct testing to assess th e interfer ence and w ork to r esolv e the pr obl em. 12. Where can I find a dditional inf ormation? F or additi onal inf orm ation, pl ease r efer to th e f ollo wing re source s: ⢠FD A w eb page on wir eless phones http://www .fda.go v/cdrh/phones/inde x.html ⢠F ederal Communicat ions Commis sion (FCC) RF Saf ety Progr am http://www .fcc .go v/oet/rfs afety ⢠International Commiss ion on Non-Io nizing Ra diation Pr otection http://www .icnirp .de ⢠W or ld Health Or g anization (W HO) International EMF Pr oject http://www .w ho.int/ emf ⢠National R adiolo gical Pr otection Boar d (UK) http://www .nrpb .or g.uk/ J uly 18, 2001 F or updates: htt p://www .fda.go v/cdrh/phone s
[ 94 ] NOTES
[ 95 ] Index Numerics 1-touch dialing 51 setup 51 3-way conference calls 47 A ABC and 123 modes 15 access codes lock code 57 security code 56 accessibility solutions 5 website 5 accessories battery 78 comple te ca r kit 79 data cable 79 data cable DKU-5 79 loopset LPS-4 79 mobile holder 79 spare battery charger 79 accessory cigarette lighter charger 79 headset kit 79 standard travel charger 79 activate automatic redial 48 call forwarding 45, 46 loopset 41 TTY/TD D 41 adjust the volume 14 advanced calling features 45 antenna contact with 8 location 8 Applications 66 applications launch 66 memory 66 automatic redial 48 automatic update of service 60 B battery important information 9 prolonged charging 73 prolonging life 9 battery low indication 73 C cabl e connecting to a PC 68 calculator 63 using 63 calendar alarms 63 make a note 63 note types 63 call 59 call for ward ing 45, 46 activate 46 canc el 46 feature codes 46 call lists, delete recent 26 call rest riction s 58 adding 58 editing 59 erasing 59 selecting 59 call timers clearing 27 turning on 27 call waiting 47 answer a new call 47 switch betwe en calls 47 caller groups 23 assign a number 23 edit options 24 phone book menu 21 calls 1-touch dialing 51 3-way calls 47 answer a c all 11 call wa iting 47 end a call 11
[ 96 ] ignoring 3 make a call 11 phone lock 57 redia l las t 3 reject a call 11 car k it 79 certification information 76 chang e lette r case 16 characters, ente ring 16 charge the battery 8 clock automatic settings 42 displaying the clock 43 hiding the clock 43 set th e tim e 42 time format 42 color covers 79 conn ecting to a PC 68 contact ing Nokia 6 contacting your service provider 6 Content Copier (PC Suite) 68 D data cable 79 data call timers 27 Data Synchronization (PC Sync) 68 dialed calls, checkin g 25 dictionary , add words 19 digital data 68 display language 42 download applications 66 download software 68 dynamic memory 11 E edit a name or number 21 e-mail 32 emerge ncy calls 75 enter characters 16 numbers 16 punctuation 16 enter a space 16 enter letters 15 entering letters and numbers 15 entering text chang e lette r case 16 enter a space 16 erase mistakes 16 erase names or numbers 21 F fax call timers 27 H headset connect 14 setup 14 use 14 headset kit 79 help 12 I in-call options 45 K keygua rd 56 keyp ad about 10 lock 56 keys, selection 10 L label 6 language setting 42 lett ers , ente rin g 15 lock code 57 changi ng 57 lock keypad 56 loopset description 79 M memory status, checking 24 menus, phone 12 messages e-mail messages 32 options 30 receiving via minibrowser 71 text 29 using templates 31 writing 29
[ 97 ] Minibrowser receiving messages via 71 minibrowser timer options 27 missed calls, checking 25 mistakes, erasing 16 mobile holder 79 modem setup 68 N name or number edit 21 navigate phone menus 12 network services 5 subscribing 5 Nokia PC Suite 68 number type, changing 22 number types 21 numbers, add to message 19 numbers, entering 16 O one-touch dialing 51 options in-call menu 45 P PC Connectivity 68 PC Suite Content Copier 68 Instructions 62, 68 PC Sync 68 PC Suite (application) 68 PC Sync (PC Suite) 68 phone certification information 76 radio frequency signals 76 phone book add entries 20 add number to entry 21 add other info 23 caller groups 23 change number type 22 chang e views 21 edit entry 21 erase names 23 erase numbers 23 erasing 23 menus 20 opening 20 primary number 22 phone book menu 13 phone book menu options 13 phone help 12 phone lock 57 activating/deactivating 57 all owe d num ber 58 lock code 57 making a call 58 phone menus 12 power on your phone 9 predictive text 17 tips for 19 turning off 18 turning on 19 primary number , specifying 22 profile customizing 37 defined 37 renaming 40 selecting 37 punctuation, entering 16 R Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger 79 received calls, checking 25 remove the battery 9 restrict c alls 58 ring options, setting 37 ring volume 38 ring volume, setting 38 ringing tone, setting 38 rings and tones 37 S SAR 76 save street address 23 scroll keys 12 scroll through menus 12 security 56 lock keypad 56 phone lock 57 security code 56
[ 98 ] security code changi ng 56 security settings call restrictions 58 phone lock 57 selection keys 10 service provider differences 5 signing up 5 service provider , con tacting 6 set the r ing volu me a nd to ne 38 set up your headset 14 your phone 8 setting time (manual) 42 setti ng time (net work ) 42 shortcuts 12 software download 68 spaces, entering 17 special characters 17 specify a primary number 22 standard travel charger 79 start screen about 10 indicators 10 strings, touch tone 54 switch on your phone 9 symbols, inserting 19 T templates 31 text messages e-mail mes sages 32 timed profiles 41 touch tones length 53 manual 53 sending 54 storing 54 turn on your phone 9 U underlined words 19 understanding wirele ss network services 5 use the headset 14 V vibrating alert, se tting 38 view dialed calls 25 missed calls 25 new text messages 32 received calls 25 voice command shortcut 4 voice commands 43 creat e a voice tag 43 using 44 voice dialing 49 dialing a number 50 important notes 50 voice t ags 50 working with tags 44, 51 voice mail greetings 28 voice mail, setting u p 28 voice messages, listening to 28 voice t ags add 50 change or erase 51 volume, adjusting 14 W warning and game tones, setting 40 welcome note, adding 43 wireless network services 5 X Xpress-on co lor covers 79
[ 99 ] NOTES
[ 1 00 ] NOTES
Nokia 3589i User Guide Note: Spanish translat ion of this guide foll ows page 1 00 of the English guide. What informatio n is needed? Numbers Where is the number? My number Wireless service provider V oice mail number Wireless service provider Wireless providerâÂÂs number Wireless service provider ProviderâÂÂs customer care Wireless service provider Model number Nokia 3589i See âÂÂA bout your ph oneâ on page 7. Phone type RH-44 See âÂÂA bout your phoneâ on page 7. Electronic serial number (ESN) See âÂÂY our phoneâÂÂs labelâ on page 6.
The wireless phone described in this guid e is approved for use in CDMA networks. LEGAL INFORMATION P art No.93 1 0502, Issue No. 1b Copyright é 2 003 Nokia. All rights reserved. Nokia, Nokia Connecting P eople, Nokia 35 89i, the Nokia Original Enhancements logos and Racket are trademarks or register ed trademarks of Nokia Corporation. All other product and company names mentioned herein may be trademarks or tradename s of their respective ow ners. Printed in Canada 8/2003 US P a tent No 58 18437 and other pending patents. T9 text input software Copyright é 1999- 2003. Tegic Communications, Inc. All righ ts reserved. Includes RSA BSAFE cryptographic or secu rity protocol software from RSA Security . The BREW trademark is a t rademark of QUALCOMM Incorp orated. The information in this u ser guide was wri tten for the N okia 3589i phone. Nokia operates a policy of on-going development. Nokia reserves the right to make c hanges and im provements to any of the products described in this document without prior notice. UNDER NO CIRCUMST ANCES SH ALL NOKIA BE RESPONSIBLE FO R ANY LOSS OF DAT A OR INCOME OR ANY SPECIAL , INCIDENT AL, AN D CONSEQUENTIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES HOWSOEVER CAUSED. THE CONTENTS O F THIS D OCUMENT ARE PROVIDED âÂÂAS IS.â EXCEPT AS REQUIRED B Y APPLICABL E LAW , NO WARRAN TIES OF AN Y KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, B UT NOT LIMITED TO , THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERC HANTABILITY AND FITNESS F OR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE MADE IN RELA TION TO THE ACCURA CY A ND RELIABILITY OR CONTENTS OF THI S DOCUMENT . N OKIA RESERV ES THE RIGHT TO REVISE THIS DO CUMENT OR WITHDRAW IT AT ANY TIME WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE. EXPORT CONTROLS This product contains commodities, technology or software exported from the United States in accordance with the Export Administration regulations. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited. FCC/INDUSTRY CANADA NOTICE Y our phone may cause TV or r adio interference (for example, when using a telephone in close proximity to receiving equipment). The FCC or Industry Canada can require you to stop using your telephone if such interference c annot be eliminated. If you require assistance, contact your local service facility . This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subj ect to th e co ndit ion th at th is d evic e do es no t ca use har mful inte rf eren ce.
[ iii ] Contents 1. For your safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Quick guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Menu shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2. Welcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Understand wireless network serv ices . . . 5 Learn about accessibility solutions . . . . . 5 Contact Nokia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Register your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 E-newsletters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Contact your service provider . . . . . . . . . 6 3. About your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Switch your phone on or off . . . . . . . . . . 9 Check the start scr een . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 Use the selection keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Use the scroll key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 Learn about the keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 Make and answer calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Memory use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 View help system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Browse phone menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 Phone book menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 4. Phone setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 5. Text entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Write with ABC and 123 modes . . . . . . . 15 Write with predictive te xt . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 Tips for predictive text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 6. Contacts (Phone book) . . . . . . . 20 Save contacts and numbers . . . . . . . . . . 20 Recall contacts and numbers . . . . . . . . . 20 Use phone book menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 Edit a name or number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Add a number to a phone book entry . . 2 1 Delete stored contact s and num bers . . . 2 3 Add other information to a phone book entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Use caller groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Check memory status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 7. Call log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Check missed, received, or dialed calls . 25 Delete recent call lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Use call timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 T urn on a current call timer . . . . . . . . . . 2 7 Clear call timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Data tim ers (Data/fax and Minibrowser) . . . . . . . . 2 7 8. Voice mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Store your voice mailbox number . . . . . 2 8 Set greetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Listen to your voice messages . . . . . . . . 28 9. Text messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Write a text message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Use message templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Learn about e-mail text messages . . . . . 32 Receive text messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Respond to a text message . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Reply to a message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Delete messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4 Message settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Organize text messages using folders . . 36 10. Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Learn about profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Select a different prof ile . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7 Customize a profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7 Screen saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Gallery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9 Rename profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Timed profiles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Set the display language . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Set the clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2 Customize the Welcome scree n . . . . . . . 43 Learn about voice commands . . . . . . . . . 43 11. Advanced features . . . . . . . . . . 45 View in-call options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Use call forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Use call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7 Make a conference call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Send own caller ID when calling . . . . . . 4 7
[ iv ] Use automatic redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Calling card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 V oice dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 1-touch dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 Caller Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 2 Use T ouch tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Link phone book entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Learn about V oice Recorder . . . . . . . . . . 55 12. Security and System settings . . . 56 Lock keypad (K eyguard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Security code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Phone lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Call restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 8 GPS (Location info sharing) . . . . . . . . . . 6 0 Automatic update of service . . . . . . . . . 60 Learn about system selection . . . . . . . . 60 13. Organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Use the alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3 Stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 14. Get it now . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Launching an application . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Download a new application . . . . . . . . . 6 6 Remove an application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Check memory status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Other options available for applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 15. Your phone and other de vices . . 68 16. Minibrowser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Understand browsing sessions and indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Launching the minibrowser . . . . . . . . . . 6 9 Minibrowser menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9 Navigate in the minibrowser . . . . . . . . . 7 0 Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 0 Bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 0 Receive messages via the minibrowser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1 End the minibrowser session . . . . . . . . . 7 1 Disable minibrowser confirmations . . . . 7 1 17. Reference informa tion . . . . . . . 73 Care and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Battery information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Chargers and other enhancements . . . . 79 Nokia Xpress-on⢠color cover s . . . . . . . 7 9 18. Nokia One Year Limited Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Appendix A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Appendix B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
[ 1 ] For you r safe ty 1 For your safety Read these simple guidelines. Breaking the rule s may be dangerous or illegal. Further detailed information is given in this manual. SWIT CH OFF WHER E PROHIBITED Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRST Don't use a handheld phone wh ile driving. INTERFERENCE All wireless phones may get interference, which could affect pe rformance. SWIT CH OFF IN HOSPIT ALS Follow any regulations or rules. Switch the phone off near medical equipment. SWIT CH OFF IN AIRCR AFT Wireless devices can c ause interference in aircraft. SWIT CH OFF WHEN REFUELING Don't use the phone at a refueling point. Don't use near fuel or chemicals. SWIT CH OFF NEAR BLAS TING Don't use the phone wher e blasting is in pr ogress. Observe restric tions, and follow any regulations or rules. USE SENSIBL Y Use only in the normal position . Don't touch the antenna unnecess arily . QUALIFIED SERVICE Only qualified personnel may install or repair phone equipment. ENHANCEMENTS AND BA TTERIES Use only appr oved enhancements and batteries. Do not connect incompatible products. WA TER-RESISTANCE Y our wireless phone is n ot wa ter-resistant . Keep it dry .
[ 2 ] BACKUP COPIES Remember to make backup copies of all important data. CONNECTING TO OTHER DEVICES When connecting to any other device, read its user guide for detailed safety instructions. Do not connect incompatible products. CALLING Ensure the phone is switched on and in se r vice. Enter the phone number , including the area code, and press the Send key . To end a call, press the End key . To answer a call, press the Send key . EMERGENCY CALLS Ensure the phone is switched on and in se rvice. Fully extend the whip an tenna. Press the End key as many times as needed (for exam ple, to exit a call, to exit a menu) to clear the display . Enter the emergency number , and press the Send key . Give yo ur location. Do not end the call until told to do so.
[ 3 ] For you r safe ty ⢠QUICK GUIDE Make a call Fully exte nd wh ip a nten na. Ent er p hon e num ber , pre ss the Send key . Answer a call Press the Send key . Answer a call with call waiting Press the talk key or Answer . End a call Press the End key . Ignore a call Press Silence when your phone rings. Redial Press the Send key twice. Adjust call volum e Press the right or left scroll keys. while in a call. Use the in-call menu While in a call, press the left soft key to select Op tions . Use 1-touch dialing Press and hold any key 2 through 9. Save a name and number Enter a number , press the left soft key to select Options , and select Save . Enter a name and press OK . Recall a name /number Press Contacts , select Search. Enter first character of name and press Search . Recall a name /number during a cal l Press Opti ons , scroll to New call , press Select , press Search , and enter the first lette r of the name to find. Check voice mail Press and hold the one key OR dial your voice mailbox number . Send a text message Press Menu 0 1-1-1 . Add recipientâÂÂs phone number , and press Options . Scroll to Enter text , and press Select . Enter the message text, and press Options and select Send . Send an e-ma il mes sage Press Menu 0 1 -1-1 . Add recipientâ s e-mail address, and press Options . Scroll to Enter text , and press Select . Enter the message text, and press Options and select Send . Read new message Press Show , and press Select . Reply to a message Press Opti ons , selec t Reply , and select a reply option. Write the reply , press Options and select Send . Reply to an e-mail message Press Opti ons , selec t Reply , and select a reply option. Write the reply , press Options and select Send . Send a business card (SMS) Recall a name from the phone book. Press Details , an d press Options , select Send bu s. card , select Via text msg. Enter the recipientâ s number or press Search to retrieve a number from the phone book. Press OK .
[ 4 ] ⢠MENU SHORTCUTS 1 MESSAGES T ext messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 Create message . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1 -1-1 Inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2 Outbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1 -1-3 Archive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1 -1-4 Templat es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-5 My folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1 -1-6 Delete messages . . . . . . . . . . 0 1 -1-7 Message settings . . . . . . . . . 0 1 -1-8 Add-ins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1 -1-9 V oice messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2 Minibrowser messages . . . . . . . . . 0 1-3 2 CALL LOG Missed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Received calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Dialed numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Delete recent call lists . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Call timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Data/fax calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Minibrowser calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 3 PROFILES Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Meeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 P ager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 4 SETTINGS Call settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Phone settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Time settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Display settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Enhancement settings . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Security settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Network services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Restore factory sett ings . . . . . . . . . 4-8 5 GALLERY 1 View folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Add folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Delete folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Rename folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 6 SYSTEM Roaming options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 7 V OIC E V oice tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 V oice commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 V oice recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 8 MINIBROWSER 2 9 ORGANIZER Alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 1 0 GET IT NOW 1 1 1 KEYGUARD 1 Menu options may not be visible, based on your service providerâÂÂs requirements. 2 Menu options may not be visible, based on your service providerâÂÂs requirements.
[ 5 ] We l c o m e 2W e l c o m e Congratulations on the purchase of your Nokia mobile phon e. Nokia recommends that you read this chapter before you use your new phone. ⢠UNDERSTAND WIRELESS NETWORK SERVICES Y our service providerâ s wireless network may be equipped to provide special features or functions for use with your Nokia phone. Thes e features are calle d network services and may include some of the following: ⢠V oice mail and voice privacy ⢠Call waiting, call forwarding, and caller ID â¢T e x t m e s s a g e s ⢠Ability to block or send your own caller ID ⢠News and information services ⢠Selected Internet acc ess services Sign up with a servic e provide r Before you can take advantage of y our service providerâÂÂs networ k services, you must sign up with a wireless service pr ovider and subscribe to these servic es. Y our service provider will make available descriptions of its servic es and instructions for using them. Wireless service providers may differ from each other in certain ways. For e xa mp le , s om e networks may not suppo rt special language-depende nt charact ers. Co n t a ct yo u r s er v i ce p r ov i d e r regarding your service needs. ⢠LEARN ABOUT ACCESSIBILITY S OLUTIONS Nokia is committed to making mobile phones easy to use for all individuals, inc lud in g t ho se wit h disabilities. Nokia main tains a W eb si te t hat i s de dica ted t o ac cessi bil ity solu tion s. Fo r mo re in form at ion about phone features, enhancements, and other Nokia products designed with your needs in min d, please visit the following Web site: www .nokiaaccessibility .com Y our Nokia phone is equipped with a universal 2. 5 mm enha ncem ent jac k that can be used to connect any cellular ready or cellular compatib le TTY/TDD deviceâ s cable to your phone.
[ 6 ] â¢C O N T A C T N O K I A When you need help, the Nokia Customer Care Center can provide information about Nokia products. Please refer to the f ollowing table for more information on how to contact Nokia. If you ever nee d to call Noki a Customer Care, Nokia Customer Interaction Center , or your wireless service provider , you will need to provide specific info rmation from your phoneâÂÂs label. Y our phoneâÂÂs label The label inside the phoneâ s back cover (under the battery) contains import ant information about your phone -- model, type and electronic serial numbers (ESN). Nokia recommends that you record this information on the title page. Do not remove or defa ce the label. When you call, have the phone and enhancement and th is information available: ph one model number , electronic serial number (ESN), and your ZIP code. ⢠REGISTER YOUR PHONE Make sure to register y our phone at www .warranty .nokiausa.com or 1-888-N OKIA-2U (1-888-665 -4228) so that we can s erve your needs better if you should call the Nokia Customer Care Center or have your phone repaired. ⢠E-NEWSLETTERS When you re giste r your phon e, you ca n sign up for Nokia's e-newsletter Nokia Connections . Y ou will receive tips and tricks on using your phone, enhancement information, and special offers. ⢠CONTACT YO UR SERVICE PROVIDER Some service providers prep rogram their custom er support number into the phone. Press and hold the two key (or the key that y our service provider instructs you to use) for two seconds to automatically dial their customer support number . If the service provider dete rmines the problem is Nokia related, the representative will direct you to the Nokia Customer Care Center (USA) or Nokia Customer Interaction Centre (Canada). Note: This one-key feature may not be availabl e on all systems. Co ntact your service provider for availability . Customer Care Center , USA Customer Care Centre, Canada Nokia Mobile Phones 7725 Woodland Center Blvd., Suite #150 Tampa, Florida 336 14 Telephone: 1-888- NOKIA-2U (1-888-665 -4228) F ax: 1-8 1 3-249-9 6 19 TTY/TD D Users Only: 1-800- 24-NOKI A (1-800-246 -6542) Nokia Products Lt d. 60 1 Wes tney Ro ad Sout h Ajax, Ontario L1S 4N7 Telephone: 1 -888-22 -NOKIA (1-888- 226-6542) Fax: 1-905-427-1 0 7 0
[ 7 ] About your phone 3 About your phone This section gives you a brief introduction to your phone and provides you with quick steps for making, answering, and managing your calls. The rest of this guide user provides complete details on phone use. Po w e r k e y Left soft key Send key Star key Microphone Display screen End key P oun d key Right soft key Number keys 2.5 mm headset jack Charging port Connection port 4-way scroll key Earpiece
[ 8 ] ⢠ANTENNAS Y our phone has three antennas: ⢠Internal antenna is always active. ⢠Whip antenna is active when fully extended. The GPS antenna is also internal and is activated when placing emergency ca ll s or when is selected from the Location info sharin g feature. For more information on Locati on info sharing , see âÂÂGPS (Location info sharing)â on page 62. Do not touch either antenna unnecessaril y when the phone is switched on. Contact with the antenna affects call quality and may cause the phone to operate at a higher power level than otherwise needed. While in a call, hold the phone to your ear , placin g your finger tips on the Nokia badge at the mid-center of the back cover (locate d below the antenna area on the back of your phone). ⢠BATTERY Install Warning: Use only the BLC-2 battery in this Nokia phone. 1 Remove the back cover . 2 Insert the battery with the label side up and the metal battery contacts aligned with the contact prongs on the phone. 3 Replace the cover by sliding it carefully over the whip antenna downward until you hear a click. Charge 1 Connect the charger to an AC wall outlet. 2 Connect the lead from the charger to the charging port located on t he bottom of the phone. 3 Disconnect the charger from the phone and AC outlet when the indicator bar stops scrolling. The battery can accept approximately one hour of additional charge. The message Battery Full displays. Note: For best performance, charge the battery for 24 hours before you use the phone. The charging time depends on the charger and battery you use. Whip antenna Internal antenna
[ 9 ] About your phone Important: Do not leave the battery connecte d to a charger for more than 72 hours, since prolonged maintenance charging co uld shorten its lifetime. Remove Warning: Use on ly your hands to remove the battery . Do not puncture, burn or use any objects that may damage the phone or the battery . Please recycle the battery , or dispose of the battery properly . Make sure the phone has been turned off for ten seconds. 1 Remove the back cover of the phone. 2 Place your index finger in the space at the bottom of the battery , and press toward the top of the phone. 3 Take ou t the b atte ry . RUIM card slot Y our phone has a RUIM card slot built into i ts mechanics. Howev er , the RUIM card slot is not functional in this phone model. Please avoid placing anything in this slot. Important battery information ⢠Recharge your battery only with a charge r approved by Nokia. ⢠Y ou can switch the phone on and use it for calls while the battery is charging. ⢠If the battery is completely discharged, it may take a few minutes for the battery indicator to appear on the screen. ⢠If you switch the p hone on af ter fully charging, the message Battery full dis plays momen tarily . ⢠Charging time depends on the charger and battery used. Please see âÂÂBattery informationâ on page 80, for more information. ⢠If the battery has become completely discharg ed, you may need to recharge it f or a few minutes before you can make or receive calls. Prolong battery li fe A battery lasts longer and performs better if you fully discharge it f rom time to time. To discharge your battery , leave your phone switched on until the battery drains completely . Ignore any messages to recharge your battery and let the battery complete ly discharge . Important: Do not attempt to discharge the battery by any means other than those just described. ⢠SWITCH YOUR PHONE ON OR OFF T o switch your phone on or off, press and hold the power key (located on the top of the phone) for tw o se conds . Warning: D o not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is pr ohibited or when it may cause interference or danger .
[ 1 0 ] ⢠CHECK THE STAR T SCREEN The start screen is the phoneâ s display when no calls are in progress, and there are currently n o menu or phone book entries displayed. Y ou can easily return to the start screen from any location (other than an active call) simply by pressing the End key . ⢠USE THE SOFT KEYS Note the two soft keys beneath the screen. The funct ion of these keys is determined by the word shown above them on the screen. For example, pressing the lef t soft key when the word Menu appears above it shows the first of many menus. Scroll through the m enus u sing the up scroll and down scroll keys. Likew ise, pre ssing the rig ht soft k ey when Contacts appears above it displays the phone book menu. ⢠USE THE SCROLL KEY Note the four-way scroll key in the center of the phone, beneath the scre en. The function of this key is to scroll through the differen t menus and lists within the phon e. Scroll left to decrease volume or to go directly to the Create menu. Scroll right to increase volume or to go dir ectl y to th e Calendar menu. ⢠LEARN ABOUT THE KEYS The following table contains a summary of how the various keys on your phone work. Ke y Description Po w e r : Press and hold to switch the phone on or off. Pressing this key momentarily displays a list of profiles that can be selected. Po w e r key also displays menu while using Minibrowser . Send key Send: Press the Send key to make a call to the name or number shown on the screen or to answer a call. Pressing this key when not in a call (or when not in the menu or phone book) displays a list of recently dialed numbers. Selection key s Scroll keys
[ 1 1 ] About your phone ⢠MAKE AND ANSWER CALLS Use the following table as a quick reference for ma king and answering calls. ⢠REVIEW PHONE SYMBOLS The following is a collection of the various indicators and icons you may s ee on your phone. End key End: Press the En d key to end a call, to silence the ring fro m an incoming call, or to exit the phone book or menus completely . Used as Ba ck key in Minibrowser . 0 through 9 Number: Use keys 0-9 to enter numbers and letters. Press and hold 1 to dial your voice mailbox. Press and hold 0 to launch the m inibrowser . ## k e y : Press the # key to change case of text, or to enable or disable predictive text input. */ * ke y: Press the * key to enter special c haracters (for example, punctuation) or access special characters menu. Tas k Instructions Make a call 1 Fully extend the whip antenna wh en placing or receiving calls. Enter the number using the keypad (include area code as needed). 2 Press the Send key . 3 Hold the phone as you would any ot her telephone, with the ear piece over your ear and the microphone near your mouth. Answer a call When your phone rings, press the Send key . End a ca ll Press the End key to terminate the active call. Reject a call Press the End key to silence the ring when y o u d o n â t w a n t t o a n s w e r a c a l l . Ke y g u a r d T o avoid accidental calls, press left soft key then * key to lo ck your keypad. Unlock keypad To unlock th e keypa d, pre ss Menu then the * key . Symbol Description A call is in progress Y ou have selected the Silent profile (silencing your phoneâ s ringer , keypad tones, warning tones, etc.) Ke yg u ard i s a ct i v e Ke y Description
[ 12 ] Y ou have one or more voi ce messages waiting Y ou have one or more unread text messages waiting Digital service is available Letters you enter appear as uppercase (ALL CAPS) Letters you enter appear in lowercase Letters you enter appear in sentence case (fi rst word in sentence capitalized) or title case (in phone book) Characters you enter appear as numbers Predictive text mode is active. Pr edictive text feature available for Calendar and for text messages Predictive text mode activate d. Characters you enter appear in sentence case (only first wo rd in sentence capitalized) Predictive text mode activate d. Characters you enter appear as uppercase letters Predictive text mode activate d. Characters you enter appear as lowercase letters Insert symbol mod e, used to ente r sp ecial characte rs such as punctuation marks The alarm clock is set Indicates that a reminder has expired Indicates you are roaming Indicates call over a secure connection Indicates that a headset is connecte d (either via the 2 .5mm jack or to the enhancement connector located at the bottom of phone) Indicates phone is in handsfree car kit Symbol Description
[ 13 ] About your phone ⢠MEMORY USE In your phone, Calendar Notes and BREW ap plic ations share a common pool o f memory (storage capacity). When either of these featur es are used, there is less available memory for the other feature which is also dependent on shar ed memory . This is especially true with heavy use of some features. If your use of a feature takes all of the shared memory , your phone may display a message saying Memory full. To proceed, you would need to delete some of the information or entries from these features to make additional memory space available. See âÂÂCheck memory statusâ on page 26, for more information. For example, entering 250 calendar notes may co nsume significant shared memory . Consequently , if you attempt to download a BREW content into your phone, a message saying Memory Full may appear . To proceed, you would need to delete so me of the items/information occupying the memory . ⢠VIEW HELP SYSTEM Y our phone provides brief de scriptions of menu options. To v iew h elp te xt s: 1 Scroll to a menu or subm enu option. 2 Wait about 15 seconds. A short message appear s, describing the option and what it does. 3 Use the scroll up and scroll down keys as needed to scroll through the text. Press Menu 4-2-5 to turn the phoneâ s help system on or off. ⢠BROWSE PHON E MENUS Y our phoneâÂÂs menu system displays choices you can make to change settings on your phone or gives you access to various phone features. Y o ur phone has 1 0 menus, plus the phon e book menu ( Contacts ). Each menu can contain seve ral levels of submenus. Indicates a c onnection to data network Indicates you have a minibrowser message Indicates TTY/TDD mode is active or Indicates Emergency is selected, and the phon eâÂÂs location information is shared only during an emerge ncy call t o the official emer gency number programmed into your phone. or Indicates Share lo cation is selected, the location information is shared with the network whenever the ph one is powered on and activated. Symbol Description
[ 14 ] A header line appears at the top of your screen when in the phone book or while navigating the menus. The header line provides you with a reminder of the phone book entry you are working with, or serves as a reminder of the menu or submenu with which you are working. A scroll bar appears on the right side of the screen when you scroll t hrough the main menu. A tab on the bar gives you a visual indication of your relative positio n in the menu structure. The menu number is located at the top of the scroll bar . Scroll through menus 1 At the start screen, press Menu , and scroll through the menus using the scroll up and scroll down keys. 2 Press Opti ons , Select , or OK , pressing the soft key for the option you want. 3 Use scroll and soft keys to navigate m enus; press the End key to return to start scree n. Use menu shortcuts Menus and options are numbered so that you can jump directly to the option you use frequently . The numbers appear in the top right corner of the screen and show your location in the menu. 1 Press Menu . 2 Within three seconds, press 3-4-1 ( Profiles > Outdoor > Select ). Scroll bar with tab Header line Menu num ber
[ 15 ] About your phone ⢠PHONE BOOK MENU From the start screen, press Contacts . The following phone boo k options are availa ble: Menu Menu (contâÂÂd.) Search Add new Edit na me Delete One by one Delete all Add number Options Scrolling view Name list Name number Memory status 1-touch dial ing View number Change Delete Vo i c e t a g s Playback Change Delete Own numb er Caller groups Family a Rename group Group ringing tone Group logo Group members Remove name Add name VIP Friends Business Other a. Menu options for VIP , Friends, Business, and Other are identical to F amily opt ions.
[ 16 ] 4 Phone setup Y our sales package may include the F M stereo HS-2 R heads et for ha ndsfree c ommun ications . Y ou can make, answer , and end ca lls as usu al with the FM stereo (HS-2R) headset connected. The he ads et fits into your ear and the microphon e hang s at the side of your head. When using this headset you can speak at a normal volume. Connect the headset 1 Plug the headset jack into the bottom of your phone. 2 Wrap the device around ea r . Y ou can use the HS- 2R button to answer or end a call, or activate voice dialing or voice comm ands. Y o u can also use th e Send key t o answer or the End key to end calls. Adjust the volume Adjustments to the ear piece volume can only be ma de during a call by pressing the scroll right key to increase volume or the sc roll left key to decr ease volume. Adjust the brightness Y ou can make the screen brighter or darker by pressing Men u 4-4-4 . Press the scroll right key or the scroll le ft key to adjust the brightness. Press OK to con firm your chan ges.
[ 17 ] Te xt e n t r y 5 T ext entry Warning: D o not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is pr ohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can enter letters, numbers, and special char acters from the phoneâÂÂs keypad when you use the phone book, calendar , and text messaging or while you browse the Internet. There are two text entry methods: tr aditional text entry and predictive text input. Y ou have four modes availa ble for enteri ng information, based on the type of data youâÂÂre enter ing (phone book, organizer notes or text messages): ⢠WRITE WITH ABC AND 123 MODES A status indicator in the upper left corner of your screen shows what mode you are using to enter info rmation into your phone ( phone book, calendar , or text messaging). Th e following table lists the characters you can use to enter t ext and numbers from your keypad: Mode The phone shows Use for ABC sentence or title case (first letter uppercase) all uppercase letters all lowercase letters Entering contacts, numbers or addresses in phone book Entering notes in Calendar Writing a text message 123 number entry Entering numbers Special characters special characters list Entering punctuation or special characters Predictive text in comb ina tio n wi th A BC m ode ind ica tor s Writing SMS text messages or calendar notes Ke y Characters Ke y Characters 1 . @?!-,&:âÂÂ1 7 P Q R S 7 2A B C 2 8 T U V 8 3D E F 3 9 W X Y Z 9 4 G H I 4 0 Space, 0, return 5 J K L 5 */ Special characters menu 6 M N O 6 # Changes letter case or mode.
[ 18 ] Pressing a key repeatedly cycles you through all of that keyâ s options. To enter a letter , press the appropriate key repeatedly until the desired le tter appears. Continue this process until the word or name is completed. Note: If the next letter in the word youâÂÂre en tering is on the same key , wait two to three seconds for the cursor to adv ance, and enter the new letter , or press the 0 key to advance the cursor . Important: Y our phoneâ s language settings may affe ct the characters associated with your phoneâ s keypad. For example: to enter the name â AlbertâÂÂ: Pres s the tw o ke y A Press the five key thre e times l Press the two key two times b Press th e th ree key t wo t ime s e Press the se ven key three times r Press th e eight ke y t Note: Default mode is sentence case where first letter of a name or sentence is automatically capitalized. Phone book default mode is title case where each word is capitalized. OTHER OPTIONS ⢠Delete mistakes âÂÂIf you make a mistake, press Clear to delete one character to the lef t. Press and hold the Clear key to speed up the erasing process. ⢠Enter a space âÂÂAfter you complete a word or name, press the 0 key to enter a space. ⢠Change letter case âÂÂPress the pound key to switch between the t ext entry modes or from uppercase and lowercase letters. ⢠To start a new line âÂÂPress the 0 key three times. Enter numbers Y our phone autom atically switches to 123 mode when entering a number into your phone book. When in ABC mode, you can insert numbers using an y of the following methods: ⢠Press and hold the pound key for two seconds to switch to 123 mode, and press th e desired number keys. Press and hold the pound key again to return to ABC mode. ⢠Press and hold the desired number key until the number appears on the display . ⢠Press the desired key repeatedly until the desired number appears. Enter punc tuation/other ch aracters Y ou can enter punctuation, special characters, and symbols for text messages, notes, phone book entr ies, or Internet browsing. Y ou can add pu nctuation or special characters by these methods: ⢠Press the one key repeatedly in ABC mode to cycle through the most common punctuation marks and sp ecial characters.
[ 19 ] Te xt e n t r y ⢠Press the * key to display the characters and scroll to highlight the desired character , and press Select . Important: Some networks may not support all language-dependent characters. Use special ch aracters in phone numbers Y ou can enter certain special characters in the ph one numbers you save. Press the * key repeatedly to cycle through the four special char acters available for phone numbers. * This character sends comm and strings to the network. Contact your service provider f or more information. This character is used to link a 1-touch dialin g loca tion to the number current ly being entered. p This character creates a pause that occurs wh en the phone dials a nu mber . Numbers entered to the right of this character are automatica lly sent as touch tones after a second pause. w This character causes the phone to wait for you to press Send . ⢠WRITE WITH PREDICTIVE TEXT Predictive text input enter s text quic kly . Predictive text uses a highly compressed database (or dictionary) of common words and tries to anticipate the word you are enter ing. Watching predictive text guess a word can b e confusing, so you should disregard the screen until you enter all characters. Example : To write âÂÂNokiaâÂÂ: What you p ress What y ou see Press the six key - N O Press the six key - o On Press the five - k On l Press the four key - i Onli Press th e tw o ke y - a Nokia
[ 20 ] K EYS AND TOOLS FOR PREDICTIVE TEXT T urn on predictive text input Y ou can turn on predictive text input from the Options menu whil e writing a text message. Once enabled, predictive text is available to all fe atures that support it. in the screenâ s upper left corner indicates predictive text is activ e. ENABLE PREDI CTIVE TEXT (QUICK METHOD) While creating a new text message or calendar note, press and hold the Options key for two seconds. The message T9 prediction on is displ ayed and the English language dictionary is enabled (or the most recently selected dictionary). Ke y Description 2 - 9 Use for text entry . Press each key only once per letter . Press and hold the key to enter the number . */ If the un derlined word is not the word you intended, press this key repeatedly until the word you want appears. Press and hold this key to display a list of punctuation and special characters. Spell If the word entered isnâÂÂt recognized, Spell appears above the left soft key . Press Spell , enter the desired wor d, and press Save . Clear Press once to delete the character to the left of the cursor . Press and hold to delete characters faster . 0 Press once to accept the word and add a space. Press and hold to ente r a zero . # Press and hold to enter mode. Enter the desired number , and press and hold again to return to predictive text. 1 Press once to add a period. Press 1 repeatedly to view other punctuation marks. Press once to add a punctuat ion mark that predictive text converts to an apostrophe. Press and hold to enter the numeral 1. # Press to switch between sentence case, lowercase, or uppercase modes or to switch to the above modes without predictive text.
[ 2 1 ] Te xt e n t r y T urn off pre dictive text input While creating a new text message, press and hold the Op tions key for two seconds, -OR- 1 Press Opti ons , scroll to Predictive text and press Select . 2 Scroll to Prediction of f , and pre ss Select . ⢠TIPS FOR PREDICTIVE TEXT Check a word When youâÂÂve finished writing a word and the word is correct as shown: ⢠Press the 0 key to confirm the word and enter a space. Continue with the next word. -OR- ⢠Insert a punctuation mark, and press the 0 key for a ne w sentence. If the displayed word is not correct: ⢠Press the * key repeatedly until the correct word appears, and press the 0 key to confirm your cho ice a nd cont inue. -O R- ⢠Press Option s , scroll to Matches , and press Select . Scroll to the co rrect word a nd press Use . ⢠Press the 0 key to confirm the word and enter a space. Tip: When you enter punctuation at the end of a sentence, the phone switches to sentence case. The first letter of the next word automatically appears in uppercase. ADD TO THE D ICTIONARY When your word is not in the dictionary , the left soft key becomes Spell . 1 Select Spell and enter the word using standard text entry . 2 Press Sav e to insert the correct word (and to save it to the dic tionary). INSERT NUMBERS AND SYMBOLS The procedur e for entering numbers with predicti ve text and standard text entry is the same. Please see âÂÂEnter numbersâ on page 18. The procedure for entering symbols with predicti ve text and standard text entry is the same. Please see âÂÂEnter punctuation/other charactersâ on page 18. WRITE COMPOUND WORDS 1 Write the first part of the compound word, and press the sc roll down key to accept that part. 2 Write the last part of the compound word. Press the 0 key to enter the word.
[ 22 ] 6 Contacts (Phone book) Y ou can save up to 500 entries (con tacts an d associated numbers) in your phone book. The phoneâÂÂs memory is capable of storing multiple numbers for each name (home, bu s in e s s, m o b i le , e tc . ) , as w e ll a s t ex t inform ation (postal address, e-mail address, or note). Note: The amount of detail stored for each entry may affe ct the total number of entries available. ⢠SAVE CONTACTS AND NUMBERS T o save contacts and numbers in your phone book. Follow these steps: SAVE A NUMBER AND NAME (US ING PHONE BOOK MENU) 1 Press Co ntacts . 2 Scroll to Add new and press Select . 3 Enter the name and press OK . 4 Enter the area code and phone number , and press OK . ⢠RECALL C ONTACTS AND NUMBERS There are several ways to recall phone book entries. Once you locate the desired name and number from the phone book, you can perform any of the following tasks: call the number , edit or add information to the selected phone book entry , or delete the entry . From the start screen, recall a phone book entry as follows: ⢠Press the scroll up or scroll down keys to display the phone book entries. Press repeatedly to scroll through the list of contacts. Tip: When viewing the list of contacts, enter th e first few letters of the desired entry . The phone book automatically jumps to that section of the phone book. ⢠Press Conta cts , select Search , enter the fir st few letters of the entry , and p ress Search . ⢠USE PHONE BOOK MENUS The phone book has seve ral menu options from which you can choose . These options ap pe ar when you press Contacts . Use the scroll keys to move to the option you want to use. Option Description of fu nction Search Allows you to search for a specific phone book entry Add new Allows you to add a new contact to your phone book Edit na me Allows you to edit the name of a phone book entry Delete Allows you to delete phone book entries one by one or all at once Add number Allows you to add a phone number to an existing contact
[ 23 ] Contacts (Phone book) Displaying the phone book Y our phone bookâÂÂs information can be displayed in two different ways: ⢠Name l ist âÂÂEntries displayed as a list of contacts. ⢠Name number âÂÂName and default number displayed. When viewing the phone book, use the scroll up or scroll down to move through the phone book entries. Change ph one book vi ew 1 Press Co ntacts , scroll to Opt ions , and press Selec t . 2 Select Scrolling view , and scroll to the view option you want. 3 Press OK to confirm your ch oice. ⢠EDIT A NAME OR NUMBER Y ou can edit a phon e book entry at any time. 1 Locate the phone book entry you wish to edit. 2 Press Details , and press Options. 3 Scroll to Edit name or E dit numb er and press Select . 4 Edit the name or number , and press OK . ⢠ADD A NUMBER TO A PHONE BOOK ENTRY There are several ways to add additional numbers to an existing phone book entry . Y our phoneâÂÂs memory book can store up to five numbers per entry . Once you choose to add a number , you can assign one of the following number types for the additional numbers: General , M obile , Hom e , Work , or Fa x . From the ph one book 1 Press Co ntacts , scroll to Add nu mber , and press Select . 2 Scroll to the entry you wish to modify , and press Ad d no. Options Displays a list of phone book options, including ph one book memory status and scrolling view . 1-touch dial ing Allows you to assign phone book entries to any of the 8 speed dialing locations Vo i c e t a g s Allows you to create and manage voice tags for voice dialin g Own nu mber Displays your phone num ber(s) Calle r grou ps Allows you to organize phone book entries into groups and categories and assign special ringing tones and graphics to the group Option Description of fu nction
[ 24 ] 3 Scroll to the category ( Gene ral , Mobile , Home , Wor k , or Fa x ), and press Select . 4 Enter the number and press OK . From the start scr een 1 Enter the phone number usin g the keypad, and press Options . 2 Scroll to Add to contact , and press Select . 3 Scroll to the desired phone book entry , and press Add . 4 Scroll to the desired number type and press Select . By recalling the name 1 Locate the phone book entry you wish to edit. 2 Press Details , and press Options ag ain . 3 Scroll to Add number , and press Selec t . 4 Scroll to the desired number type and press Select . 5 Enter the number and press OK . Change the number type When you create a new phone book entry , your phone automatically assigns the Genera l number type to the n ew number . Y ou can use the Option s menu to change the number type. 1 Recall the name from the phone boo k. 2 Press Details , and scroll to highlight the number you want to m odify . 3 Press Opti ons , scroll to Change type , and press Select . 4 Scroll to the number type you would like, and press Sel ect . Important: If you plan on using Nokia PC Suite to synchroni ze your phone book and your PCâ s PIM (Per sonal Information Manager) application, make sure all phone numbers are assigned the correct number type. PC Sync uses this information to synchronize contacts correctly be tween phone and PC. Learn about primary number If a phone book entry cont ains multip le numbers , the number entered when the phone book entry was created is desig nated as the prim ary number . W hen you high light a ph one book en try and press the Send key , you r phone di als the prim ary number . Consider designating the number you dial most often (for phone book entries containing multiple numbers per name) as the primary num ber . CHANGE PRIM ARY NU MBER Any phone number can be designated the primary number . 1 Recall the phone book entry you want to modify . 2 Press Details , and scroll to the number you want to set as the primary number . 3 Press Opti ons , scroll to As primary no . , and press Select .
[ 25 ] Contacts (Phone book) ⢠DELETE STOR ED CONTACTS AND NUMBERS Y ou can delete a number from a phone book entry , de lete all details of a contact, or delete the entire contents of your phone book. Once you delete information, it cannot be recovered. DELETE A NUMBER 1 Recall the phone book entry you want to modify . 2 Press Details , and scroll to the number you want to delete. 3 Press Opti ons , scroll to Delete number , and press Select , and OK . DELETE ENTIRE PHONE BOOK ENTRY 1 Highlight the phone book entry you want to delete, and press Details . 2 Press Opti ons . Scroll to Delete , and press Select . 3 Press OK to delete the phone book entry (including all details). DELETE THE ENTIRE PHONE BOOK 1 Press Co ntacts , scroll to Delete , and press Select . 2 Scroll to Dele te al l and press Select . 3 When you see the message Are you sure? , press OK . 4 Enter your security code, and press OK . Fo r mo re in forma tion on the secu rity code, see âÂÂSecurity codeâ on page 58. ⢠ADD OTHER INFORMATION TO A PHONE BOOK ENTRY Once you have created a contact, you can add an e-mail address, a mailing address, or a note to that contact. Note: Text information can only be added to existing contacts. For example, you cannot create a new contact with only an e-mail address. 1 Recall the phone book entry you want to modify . 2 Press Details , and press Options again. 3 Scroll to Add details , and press Select . 4 Scroll to the typ e of information you are ad ding ( E-mail , Street addr . , etc.), and press Select . 5 Enter the information, and press OK . 6 Press the End key to return to the start screen. ⢠USE CALLER GROUPS Y ou can group phone book entries with similar attributes into calle r groups : Family , VIP , Friends , Business , an d Other . Each group has two user-defined at tributes: Group Name and Gr oup Tone . Assign phon e number to a caller group 1 Recall the desired phone book entry , and press Detai ls . 2 Scroll to the desired phone number , and press Options . 3 Scroll to Caller groups , and pr es s Select . 4 Scroll to the desired caller group (for example F amil y ), and press Select .
[ 26 ] Edit caller grou p options Y ou can edit various aspects of a caller group. SETTING A RINGING TONE AND GRAPHIC FOR A CALLER GROUP 1 Press Contacts . 2 Scroll to Caller groups and press Select . 3 Scroll to one of the caller groups and press Select . 4 Scroll to one of the following fu nctions and press Select . ⢠Rename group âÂÂEnter the new name for the caller group and press OK. ⢠Group ringing tone âÂÂScroll to the desired tone and press OK . Default is the tone select ed for th e cur rently sele cted profi le. ⢠Group logo âÂÂChoose to turn the group logo on or off for the selected caller group. ⢠Group members âÂÂPress Select to view group members. To add or remove a member , press Options , a nd se lect Add n ame or Remove name . Note: If you selected Send graphic , enter the recipientâ s phone number or recall it from phone book and press OK . Check with your service provider for availability of this feature. ⢠CHECK MEMORY STA TUS Y ou can check the percentage of your phoneâÂÂs memory which is dedicated to the phone book, that is in use and the percen tage that remains available. 1 Press Co ntacts . 2 Scroll to Setting s , and press Selec t . 3 Scroll to Memo ry sta tus and press Select .
[ 27 ] Call log 7 Call log Warning: D o not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is pr ohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y our phone keeps a log (record) of call- related information including phone numbers and call times. Before your phone can log misse d or received calls properly: 1 Y ou must have a subscription to caller ID service from your service provider . 2 Y our phone must be turned on and i n a digital service area. 3 The caller did not choose to block his/h er caller ID. 4 Y our phoneâÂÂs time and date must be set. Note: If the incoming call has caller ID blocked, the number cannot be recorded in the call log. If you try to view the call log, the message No new numbers is displayed. ⢠CHECK MISSED, RECEIVED, OR DIALED CALL S Y our phone records information about the 60 most r ecently missed, received, and dialed calls (20 entries for each type of call). To view call log entries: 1 Press Menu 2 ( Call lo g ), and scroll to the desired call type ( Missed calls , Received calls , or Dialed numbers ), and press Select . 2 Use the scroll up and s croll down keys to view th e missed, received, or dialed calls. Scroll to the desired entry , and press Op tions . Note: If the phone numb er recorded by the call log matches a number stored in your phone book, the name of the phone book entry is displayed. View call log options The table below contains a list of optio ns available for all call log entries. Option Description Call time Shows the time when the call was miss ed, received or placed Send message Allows you to write and send a text message to numbers listed in the call log View number Displays the phone number when call log entry matches a n umber found in your phone book Use number Allows you to edit the number shown on the screen Save Saves the number in your phone book Add to name Adds the number to an existing phone book entry Delete Removes the number from the call log Call Redials the displayed number
[ 28 ] Use call log sho rtcuts MISSED CALLS When you miss calls, the message Missed calls appears on the screen along with the number of calls missed. Important: Y ou are notified of missed calls only if your phone was turned on and you are in a digital service area. Note: If you chose the Forward if not answered option in Call Forwarding , your phone treats these forwarded calls as missed calls. DIALED NUMBERS Y ou can view the list of dialed calls without having to ac cess the Call log menu. F rom t he start screen: 1 Press the Send key to display the most recently dialed call. 2 Use the scroll up or the scroll down keys to view the other call log entries. 3 Press the Send key again to redial the number or press Op tions to work with the selected call log entry . ⢠DELETE RECENT CALL LISTS Yo u r p h o n e âÂÂs Call log uses call lists to store numbers of incoming, outgoing, and missed calls. Use the Dele te recen t call lists menu to delete the log of phone n umbers dialed , received, or missed. The All option clears all num bers in all lists, whereas the other opt io ns c lea r on ly th e nu mb ers associated with that list. Caution: Th is operation cannot be undone. Clearing the Dialed numbers call list clears the list of dialed calls accessed by pressing the Send key . 1 Press Menu 2-4 ( Call log > Delete recent call list s ). 2 Use the scroll up or the scroll down ke ys to highlight the desired option: Al l , M issed , Dialed or Receive d . 3 Press Selec t to confirm your selection. ⢠USE CALL TIMERS Y our phone uses call t imers t o t r a c k t h e a m o u n t o f t i m e y o u s p e n d o n e a c h c a l l . Y o u c a n r e v i e w phone use by checking the phoneâ s call tim ers. Important: The actual time invoiced for calls by your service provider may vary , depending upon network features, rounding-off for billing, and so forth. ACCESS THE VARIOUS CALL TIMERS: 1 Press Menu 2-5 ( Call log > Ca ll timers ). 2 Use the scroll up or the scroll down keys to move through these options: Option Description Duration of last call Displays elapsed time of the last call you made Duration of received calls Displays total time for all incoming calls
[ 29 ] Call log ⢠T URN ON A CURRENT CALL TIMER Y our phone can display a call timer showing elaps e d time of the current call. When the call is completed, the timer displays the call length. 1 Press Menu 2-5-1-1 ( Ca ll lo g > Call timer s > Duration of last call > Show call time on display ). 2 Scroll to On and press OK . After a call ends, press an y ke y to cl ear th e cur rent call tim e. ⢠CLEAR CALL TIMERS 1 Press Menu 2-5-6 ( Call l og > Call timers > Clear t imers ). The Lock code field appears. 2 Enter your lock code and press OK . Caution: This action cannot be undone. Tip: If you use call timers to log the time spent on calls, record the information from call timers before you clear them. ⢠DATA TIMERS (DATA/FAX AND MINIBROWSER) The call log records and displ ays the lengt h of digital data /fax calls, a s well as meter s the amount of da ta t ran sfer red duri ng data /fax call s. Th e c all log also records this same information when you use the Minibrowser to access the wireless Inter net. Access data- related call timer ⢠Access data/fax call timers: Press Men u 2-6 ( Call log > Data/fax calls ) ⢠Access minibrowser call timers: Press Menu 2 -7 ( Call log > Mini browser calls ) Data-rela ted call tim er optio ns The following call timer options are ava ilable for data/fax and browser calls: ⢠Last sent (or received) data/fax âÂÂamount of data displayed in kilobytes (KB) ⢠All sent (or received) data/fax âÂÂamount of data displayed in KB ⢠Duration of last data/fax call âÂÂlength of time spent on last data call or browser session. ⢠Duration of all data/fax calls âÂÂrunning total of all calls. ⢠Clear all data/fax logs âÂÂclears all timers and data logs. Minibrowse r timer options The available options for the minibrowser call timers are similar to those listed above for data/fax calls. Duration of dialed calls Displays total time for all outgoing calls Duration of all calls Displays sum total for all inco ming and outgoing calls Life timer Shows the time used for all calls for the life of the phone. This option cannot be reset. Clear timers Clears (deletes) al l call timers except Life timer Option Description
[ 30 ] 8 V oice mailbox Warning: D o not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is pr ohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . V oice mail is a feature that enables those who call you to leave a voice message, in the event you are unabl e to answer your phone. Using your phone in conjunc tion wit h yo ur service providerâÂÂs voice mail system, you can retrieve yo ur messages at any time. Note: Check with your local service provider to subscribe to and use this feature. ⢠STORE YOUR VOICE MAILBOX NUMBER Before you can retrieve any voice messages, you need to store your voice mailbox number in your phone: 1 Press Menu 01-2-3 ( Me ssages > V oice messag es > V oice mailbox number ). 2 Enter your voice mailbox phone number , and press OK . Y our voi ce mailbox number can be up to 32 digits long. Note: If your pho ne number changes, you may need to re-enter your voice mailbox number . Tip: Y ou can store your voice mailbox password and/or PIN num ber as a part of your voice mailbox number . For more information, please see âÂÂSave touch tones as a phone book entryâ on page 55. ⢠SET GREETINGS V oice greetings may vary in different wireless systems. If you need information about how to recor d you r greetin g, con tact your ser vice p rovid er . ⢠LISTEN TO YOUR VOICE MESSAGES Note: The way you retrieve your voice messages varies, depending on your service provider . Call your service provider if you have any questions. LISTEN TO MESSAGES WHEN NOTIFIED If your phone plays an alert tone and New voice message is displayed, press Listen and follow the prompts. If youâÂÂd rather listen to your messages later , press Exit . LISTEN TO MESSAGES LATE R ⢠From the start screen, press and ho l d the one key for two seconds. -OR- ⢠Press Menu 0 1-2-1 ( Mess ages > V oice messag es > Listen to voice messages ). The message Calling voice mailbox appears on the screen. Follow the audio prompts fr om the voice mail system to review your messages.
[ 3 1 ] T ext messages 9 T ext messages Warning: Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibi ted or when it may cause int erference or danger . Y ou can use the M essages menu (Men u 1) and Sh ort Message Service (SMS) to read, write and send text messages to another phone in your network. Y ou may also be able to use the Minibrowserâ s e-mail feature to send text messages to phones in other networks. Important: When sending SMS m essages, your phone may display the words Message Sent (where service is available). This is an indication that the message has been sent by your phone to the SMS network. This is not an indication that the message has been received at the in tended destination. For more details about SMS services, check with your service provider . Note: This function can be used only if it is supported by your network operator or service prov ider . Only devices t hat offer compatible e-mail feat ures can receive and display messages. It may require a separate subscription. ⢠WRITE A TEXT MESSAGE Y o u can use the Messages menu to create and send text messages to another mobile phone in your network, to another mobile phone in anothe r network, or to an e-mail rec ipient. Y ou can also save a draft of your message in the Outbox folder for later use. Create and send a text message Important: Use th is method when sending a message to recipients in the same wireless network. If the recipient has a different se rvice provider , you may need to send the message as an e-mail (see âÂÂCreate and send an e-mail messageâ on page 34). 1 From the start screen, press Menu , and select Messages . 2 Select Text messages , and select Create message . 3 Select either Te xt (up to 9 12 characters) or Numeric pa ge (phone number only). Note: The ability to s end a numerical page may be dependent on your wi reless network. Please cont act your service provid er for more inf ormation on text messaging in your area. 4 Scroll to Add number , and press Selec t . 5 Enter the phone number of the recipient, and press OK . OR Press Search , highlight the desired number stored in your phone book, and press Select . 6 Press Opti ons , scroll to Enter t ext , and pres s Select . 7 Enter your message. A character counter appears in the upper right-hand corner of the display . This phone supports 9 12 character SMS messages. 8 To send the message, press Option s , and select Send .
[ 32 ] USE OTHER OP TIONS Y ou may us e the following as a shortcut for sending a new text message: 1 Enter the recipientâÂÂs phone number , and press Options . 2 Scroll to Send message, and press Select . Continue the creation process as described abov e. View message options The table below lists several options available while creating a text message. T o view these options, press Options at the text ent ry screen. Option Description Send Sends the current text message to the recipient(s) List recipients Allows to you add or remove re cip ients to th e mess age Settings Allows you to mark a message as ur gent, to request a delivery receipt or to specify a callback number Save message Saves the current message to the desired folder Clear screen Clears the screen of all text and characters Exit editor Use d to r etu rn to the Mess ages menu Insert contact Used to insert a phone book entry into the text message Insert numb er Used to insert a phone book number into the text message Use template Adds text from a template to the current message Add-ins Add sounds, pictures or animations to a message Styles Change the font type, font size and alignment of message text Predictive text Allows you to enable or disable predictive text entry . Also used to select language of dictionary used Matches Displays a list of other options for the word currently displayed by predictive text
[ 33 ] T ext messages Use enhanced messagin g options to create and se nd messages Enhanced messaging functions in the same manner as text messaging, but it offers additional options for the style and content of text messages. Note: Enhanced messaging services are not suppor ted by all networks or providers. The ability to send or receive an enhanced messa ge is network dependent. Check with your local service provider for more information on these options. ADD SOUNDS, ANIMATIONS OR PICTURES TO A MESSAGE 1 Create a new text message as described in step s 1-5 in the section, âÂÂCreate and send a text messageâ on page 3 1. 2 Press Opti ons . 3 Select Add-ins . 4 Select Soun d , Animation or Pictu re . Y ou can select from ten different soun ds, 15 different animations and eight different pictures. These items can be added to your te xt message. Y ou can attach multiple items to an outgoing text message. CHANGE THE FONT STYLE OF A MESS AGE 1 Create a new text message as described in step s 1-5 in the section, âÂÂCreate and send a text messageâ on page 3 1. 2 Press Opti ons . 3 Select Styles. 4 Select Font type , Fon t size or Text align ment . 5 Scroll to the option you would like to apply to the text message and press Selec t . Note: Y ou can apply multiple options to each message you create. ⢠USE MESSAGE TEMPLATES T emplates are short, prewritten messages which can be inserted i nto new text messages. 1 Create a new text message as described in step s 1-6 in the section, âÂÂCreate and send a text messageâ on page 3 1. 2 To use a template, press Opti ons , scroll to Use template , and press Select . 3 Scroll to one of the available templates: âÂÂPlease callâ âÂÂI am late. I will be there atâ âÂÂIâÂÂm at home. Please callâ âÂÂSee you inâ âÂÂIâÂÂm at work. Please callâ âÂÂSee you atâ âÂÂIâÂÂm in a meeting, call me later atâ âÂÂSor ry , I canâÂÂt help you on this.â âÂÂMeeting is canceled .â âÂÂI will be arriving atâÂÂ
[ 34 ] 4 Press Selec t to enter the text into your new message. 5 Complete the process described earlier to send your message. Y ou can also create a new message wh ile browsing the T emplates folder . 1 Press Menu 01-1-5 ( Me ssages > Text messages > Templates ). 2 Scroll to the desired template, and press Select . 3 Press Opti ons , and select Edit to modify the message or Use number to se lect a re cipient. 4 From the message options list, selec t Send to se nd y our me ssage . ⢠LEARN ABOUT E-MAIL TEXT MESS AGES Y ou can also use the Messages menu to write and send text messages to a personâ s Internet or corporate e-mail account or to phones in other networks. If the phone displays Cannot Send to e-mail recipients , your message will not be delivered to computer e-mail addresses, but it will be delivered to compatible phones that can receive e-mails. Create and send an e-mail message Use the same procedure for crea ting and sendin g e- mail messages as found in the section, âÂÂWrite a te xt messageâ on page 3 1. However , select Add e-mail , and enter the e-mail address (or press Searc h and recall an e-mail address stored in your phone book). Messages to phones in other networks Most service providers can route e-mail messages to your pho ne (app earing a s text mes sages) . The following show examples of how your phoneâÂÂs e-mail address may appear: 2135551234@myservicep rovider.com username@serviceprovi der.com 2135551234@mobile.mys erviceprovider.com Sending messages outside your service providerâÂÂs network with traditional text messaging can be difficult. How ever , you can send a text messa ge as an e- mail to phones outside your service providerâ s network (the recipientâ s phone mu st be able to receive e-mail text messages ). Follow the instructions, âÂÂWrite a text messageâ on page 3 1 but select Add e-mail . Enter the e-mail address associated with the recipientâ s phone num ber (or press Search and rec all the e-mail address stored in your phone book). Important: This feature may require subscrip tion to special s ervices. Check with your service provider for infor mation and for your phoneâÂÂs e-mail address. ⢠REC EIVE TEXT MESS AGES When you rec eive a text message, the indicator and the text : (#) Mes sag e(s) receiv ed appears on the screen (where # i s the number of ne w me ssa ge s r ece ive d) . 1 Press Sho w to read the message or press Exit to view it later . 2 While reading the message, press Optio ns to view the list of message options, and press Select to choose the desired option.
[ 35 ] T ext messages READ ME SSAGES LA TER 1 Press Menu , a nd se lect the Messages menu, and T ext messages . 2 Scroll to Inbox , and press Select . 3 Scroll to the desired message, and press Select to read the message. Note: The icon in front of the message header indicates the message has not been read. in front of the messag e header indicates you have already view ed the message. ⢠RESPOND TO A TEXT MESSAGE Y ou have several options when reading a text message. Press O ptions to display the choices: Note: Some options may n ot be visible. For example, Use Web link appears only when a URL is in the SMS message. ⢠REPLY TO A MESSAGE Y ou can reply to a text message by a traditional text message or by an e-mail me ssa ge . T he message origin or the senderâ s wireless ne twork affects how you reply to the message. Replying via SMS 1 While viewing a message, press Options . 2 Scroll to Reply and press Select . Option Description Message details Gives information about the message, such as date, time and senderâÂÂs phone number Delete Deletes the current message Reply Allows you to reply to the current message Use number Captures phone nu mber in the message (or from the message sender) with the option to Sav e (as new phone book entry), Add to n ame , Send message , or Call Save Saves current message to Archives folder Forward Use to forward current message to another user Rename Used to rename existing message ti tle as seen in the message list Use Web link Captures the URL in the message and allows you to go dire ctly to that site (via the Minibrowser) or to save it as a bookmark Save address Captures an e-mail address (or the sen der of a n e-ma il text m essag e)
[ 36 ] 3 Scroll to one of the following reply types and press Select : ⢠Em pty screen âÂÂgives you an empty text buffe r ⢠Orig inal text âÂÂincludes original m essage in the reply message ⢠Te m pl a t e âÂÂallows you to select a template from the Templates fol der ⢠Standard answer templates (including: See you in, See you at, Sorry , I canâÂÂt help you on this., I will be arr iving at, Please call, IâÂÂm at home, IâÂÂm a t work, IâÂÂm in a meeting ). 4 After you write your reply , press Options , and select Send . A copy of all sent messages (up to the memory lim it) remain in your Ou tbox, unless you turn this feature off in Message setti ngs . Press Back to return to the M essages menu, or press the End key to re turn to the start screen. Replying to an e-mail message Use the methods described above for reply ing to SMS messages sent from an e-m ail address. Note: If the incom ing e-mail message is impr operly formatted, you may be required to re-enter the e-mail address by pressing Option s , and then selecting Add e-mail. ⢠DELETE MESS AGES Y ou can erase individual messages or the contents of a folder . Y ou can delete older or unwanted messages to free up memory for new messages. The Messa ges menu has these delete options: ⢠All read âÂÂdeletes all read messag es from all folders (unread messages in Inbox remain intact) ⢠Inbox âÂÂdel etes read messages in this fold er (unread m essages remain intact) ⢠Outbox âÂÂdeletes all messages in this folder ⢠Archive âÂÂdeletes all mess ages in this folder Erasing messages in the message folders 1 At the start scr een, press Menu 0 1-1-7 ( Messages > Text messages > Delete messages ). 2 Highlight the folder whose contents you want deleted and press OK . 3 Enter your security code (if prompted) and pre ss OK . For m ore in for matio n on s ecurit y cod e, see âÂÂSecurity codeâ on page 58. Erasing individual text message s 1 Fr om th e Inbox , Outbox , or Archive folder , highlight the message you wish to delete. 2 Press Opti ons , scroll to Delete and press Select . 3 Press OK to confirm your ch oice.
[ 37 ] T ext messages Forward a message Y ou can forward any incomin g text messages, wh ether they were sent as traditional text messages or as e-mail messages. Y ou can forward a mess a g e t o a s i n g l e u s e r o r t o a l i s t o f u s e r s . Tip: When forwarding a message to multiple us ers, your reci pient list can contain both phone numbers and e-mail addresses. 1 While viewing a message, press Options . 2 Scroll to Forward and press Selec t . 3 Select Add e-mail or Add number , and address the message. For multiple recipients, press Options again, and add e-m ail addresses or phone numbers. 4 Press Opti ons , scroll to Send , and press Select . To edit the f orward e d message, select Edit text from the opt ions menu before sending the message. View a messag eâ s setting s Y ou ca n ass ign the following sett ings from the messageâ s Options menu: ⢠Urgent âÂÂsends the message marked urge nt and appears in recipientâ s Inbox with higher priority than other messages ⢠Deliv . note âÂÂlets you know when your message has been delivered ⢠Callback no. âÂÂincludes your number (or a number you enter or recall f rom the phone book) in the body of the message ASSIGN MESSAG E OPTIONS 1 After entering text, press Options. Scroll to Settings and press Selec t . 2 Scroll to the desired setting, and press Mark . 3 Press Done , and press Ye s to save changes to your message. 4 Scroll to Send , and press Select (or select a different menu option). Learn about message memory Messages are stored in the following locations: ⢠Inbox âÂÂstores new messages and read mess ages ⢠Outbox âÂÂsaves copies of all sent message s or messages waiting to be sent (in the event the network is temporarily unavailable) ⢠Archive âÂÂused to file read messages and se nt messages for long-term storag e A blinking icon indicates the text message memory is full. Y ou cannot receive, save, or send mes sages, until yo u delete o lder messages f r om y ou r Inbox , Outbox , or Archive . ⢠MESSAGE SETTINGS Specify several settings that affec t the overall way your phone handles text messaging. Use ( Menu 0 1-1-8 ) to configure the following: ⢠Send ing opt ions âÂÂused to spec ify normal or urgent priority , request delivery note, or specify
[ 38 ] that a callback number be sent automatically . ⢠Other settings âÂÂused to specify t he font size in which messages will be displayed. Also used to configure how your phone automatically ha n dles incoming messages when your Inbox or Outbox are full, and saving copies of sent messages automatically . If the phone has Enhanced Messaging Services, and you can control the playback of sounds sent to your phone in messages. ⢠ORGANIZE TEXT MESSAGES USING FOLDERS Y ou have several options for storing and organi z ing your text messages. The following pages explain further about the various folder options. ⢠Inbox âÂÂText messages you recei ve remain stored in your Inbox until you delete them or move them to the Archive folder . ⢠Outbox âÂÂMessages that canâÂÂt be sent immediately ca n be saved so you can come back to it later . Y our phone stores the message in the Outbox . If you try to send a text message and the netw ork is unavailable, the message is saved in the Outbox . W ORK WITH MESSAGES SAV ED IN THE OUTBOX 1 Fr om th e T ext messages menu, scroll to Ou tbox and press Select . 2 Scroll to the desired message, and press Select . 3 Press Opti ons , and press Resend (or Edit if the messa ge was a sa ved draf t). From this point, you have several options, including: â¢S e l e c t Edit me ssage and contin ue working with the message. ⢠Scroll to Add e-m ail , Add number , or Add list to add additional recipients. ⢠Scroll to Send , and press Select to send the message.
[ 39 ] P ersonalization 1 0 P ersonalization Warning: D o not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is pr ohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠LEARN ABOUT PROFILES A profile refers to a group of settings you can use to customize the way your phone works. Y ou can u se existing profiles or you can customize a profile to suit y our own preferences. Y ou can cu stomize: ringing options, vibrating alert, ringing tones, volume, keypad, screen saver , welcome note alert tones and warning tones. Y our phone h as five profiles: Normal (default), Silen t , Meeting , Outdoor , and P ager . ⢠SELECT A DIFFER ENT PROFILE QUICK METHOD 1 Press the power ke y briefly . 2 Use the scroll keys to highligh t the profile you want to use, and press OK to se lect a profile. USE PR OFILES MENU 1 Press Menu 3 ( P rofiles ). 2 Scroll to the profile you want to use, and press Selec t . 3 Press Selec t again to choose the highlighted profile. ⢠CUSTOMIZE A PROFILE 1 Press Menu 3 ( P rofiles ). 2 Scroll to the profile you want to customize, and press Select . 3 Scroll to Customize , and press Select . Set ringing op tions Y ou can choose how your phon e rings to notify you of in coming calls. This setting does not affect text message alert tones. 1 From a profileâ s Customize menu, scroll to Ringing optio ns , and press Select . 2 Scroll to one of the ringing options described below , and press Select . Option Description Ring The phone rings normally . Ascending Ringing volume begins softly , and increases in volume if the phone is not answered. Ring once The phone rings once to indicate an incoming call.
[ 40 ] Important: The Silent or Beep on ce ringing option disable s any melody you may choose . To hear a ringing tone while editing, make sure a diffe rent ringing option is sel ected. Y our phone can vibrate, indicating an incoming call (in addition to playing a ringing tone). Enabling a vibrating alert while selecting the Sile nt option causes your phon e only to vibrate on incoming call. Important: The phone does not vibrate when connected to o r placed in a charging d evice. Important: If yo u choose Off , no keypad tones are heard. The Silent profile automatically turns keypad tones off. Set a ringin g tone A ringing tone is the melody your phone plays when yo u receive a call. Y ou can set the ringing tone to a specific sound effect, or to a melody . Y ou r phone has two types of ring tones. I t can store MIDI tones and buzzer tones. Important: The Silent or Beep once ringing option disables any melody . T o hear a ringing tone while editing, make sure one of the other ringing options is selected. 1 From a profileâ s Customize menu, scroll to Ringing tone and press Select . 2 Scroll through the options and listen until you hear a tone you want and press Select . Set ringing volume Y ou can set the default ringing volume for incoming calls an d alert tones. ⢠From a pr ofileâÂÂs Customize menu, scroll to Ri nging volum e and press Select . ⢠Scroll to an option and listen. When you hear the ringing volume you wish to use, press Sel ect . W allpaper Y ou can set your phone to display a background pictu re (wallpaper) on the start screen. Wallpaper is only shown when the phone is in idle state. Some pictures are pre-saved in the graphics folder of the Gallery m e nu . Yo u ca n a ls o tr an s fe r i m ag e s wi th f ro m y o u r P C an d t he n save them in the Gallery . Y ou r phone supports JPEG, GIF , TIFF , BMP , and PNG formats. SELECT WALLPAPER 1 Press Menu 4-4 ( Setting s > Display settings ), and Select Wallpape r . After a brief pause, On , Off , and Change image appear in the display . 2 Select Change image from the list of options to activate wallpaper . 3 Use the scroll keys to browse the image gallery . When you arrive at the image of your choice, press Options , scroll to Set as wallpaper , and pre ss Select . 4 If Replace current wallpaper? appears in the display , press OK . A message appears in the display confirming your selection. Beep once The phone beeps once to indicate an in coming call. Silent The phone makes no sound. Option Description
[ 4 1 ] P ersonalization ACTIVATE/DEACTI VATE WALLPAPER 1 Press Menu 4-4 ( Setting s > Display settings ) and select Wallpaper . After a brief pause, On , Off , and Change image appear in the display . 2 Scroll to On or Off and press Select . Color schemes Y ou can change the color of some display com pon ents in your phone, such as indicators and signal bars. 1 At the start scr een, press Menu 4-4-2 ( Settings > Display settings > Color sch emes ). After a brief pause, a list of color schemes appear in the display . 2 Scroll to the color scheme of your choice and press Select . A message appears in the display confirming your selection. â¢S C R E E N S A V E R This option allows you to use as a screen saver wh en your phone is in th e idle mode. The screen saver will be a digital clock which indicates the current time saved in your phone clock, and it is displayed on half of the screen. Note: Y our phone enters idle mode only when no activi ty is taking place. Customize screen saver The scree n saver can b e cu stomized by adjusting the Ti meout and Maximu m time settings. Tip: To minimize impact on battery performance , use longer Timeout settings and/or shorter Maximum time settings. ADJUST TIMEOUT SETTINGS The Timeout setting allows you to det ermine how long the phone must be in idle mode before the screen saver is activated. The default timeout setting for sc reen saver is 2 minutes. To adjust this setting: 1 Press Menu 4 (Settings) . 2 Scroll to Disp lay se ttings and press Select . 3 Scroll to Screen saver timeout and press Select . 4 Select 2 minutes , 5 minutes and Othe r . The m inimum value for Othe r is 5 seconds and the maximum value is 60 minutes. â¢G A L L E R Y Y ou can save pictures and ringing tones to folders in the gallery , or create f olders of your own and save them there. Y ou can also download images and tones. Note: This f eature uses shared m emory . Please se e âÂÂCheck memory statusâ on page 26 for more inform ation. Note: Y our phon e must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger .
[ 42 ] Open the Gallery At the start scr een, press Menu 5 ( Gallery ). After a brief pause, the submenus in the following table appear in the display . View folders 1 At the start scr een, press Menu > Gallery > View folders , and then press Sel ect . A list of folders appear in the display . If View folders does not appear , then proceed to the following step. 2 Scroll to a folder , su ch as Graphics or To n e s and press Open . 3 Scroll through the list of graphics or tones, and press Option s . Press Select to activate the option or to enter its submenu. ⢠RENAME PROFILES Y ou can rename any profile except Normal . Y ou may want to use yo ur own name for a pr ofil e. When you select this profile, your name appea rs on the start scr een. 1 Press Menu 3 ( P rofiles ). 2 Scroll to the desired profile and press Select . 3 Select Customize , scroll to Pro file name an d press Select . 4 Enter the new name and press OK . Option Function View folders Expl ore the folders in the gallery menu. See âÂÂView foldersâ in the following section for more info Add folder Add a folder of your own Delete folder Delete a folder youâÂÂve created Rename folder Rename a folder youâÂÂve created Option Function Open Open the selected file; in the Tones folder , this option is named Play Delete Delete the selected f ile Move Move the file to another folder Rename Rename the select ed file Set as wallpaper/ Set as ring tone Set the graphic as wallpaper . In the Tones folder , this option is Set as ringing ton e ; the tone is applied to profile in use Details View details of the file, such as the name, time and date the file was created Sort Sort the files according to date, type, name, or size
[ 43 ] P ersonalization Note: Y ou cann ot rename the Normal profile. Select and customize an enha ncement profile Note: Y ou must have an enhancement (such as a loopset) attached to your phone prior to selecting the Enhan cement set tings me nu. T o select and customize profiles for use with the headset, handsfree device (car kit), loopset, and TTY/TDD: 1 Press Menu 4-5 ( Se ttings > Enhan cement settings ). 2 Scroll to one of the following Enhancement profile s and press Select : Handsfree, Headset, Loopset, or TTY/TDD. HANDSFREE For Handsfree, scroll to an option and press Select to enter the submenu and modify the settings. ⢠Default profile âÂÂChoose the profile to be activated automatically when your phone is connected to a car kit. ⢠Automatic answer âÂÂCalls are answered a utomatically af ter one ring when your phone is connected to a car kit. Scr oll to On or Off and press Select . ⢠Lights âÂÂChoose to keep the phone lights always on or to shut off automa tically after several seconds. Scroll to On or Autom atic and press Select . HEADSET The Default profile and Automatic answer options are your available choices. Please refer to âÂÂHandsfreeâ for more information. LOOPSET The Default profile and Au tomatic answer options are available. Please re fer to âÂÂHandsfreeâ for a description of these options. In addition, the following option is available: Use loopset âÂÂEnable use of the LPS-4 mobile inductive loopset. Scroll to Ye s or No and press Select . TTY/ TDD The following options are available. Scroll to the option of your choice and press Select to ent er the optionâ s submenu and modify its settings. Use TTY/TDD âÂÂEnable the use of a TTY/TDD device. Scroll to Ye s or No and press Select . Note: If the loopset is enabled, youâÂÂll be asked to disable the loopset before enabling TTY/TDD. Press Ye s to disable the loopset (thus enabling TTY/TDD). Press No to leave the loopset enabled. ⢠TIMED PROFILES T o activate a profile for a specific amount of time (up to 24 hours), you can utilize the Timed setting. 1 Press Menu 3 ( Profiles ) and scroll to the desired profile. 2 Scroll to Timed and press Select .
[ 44 ] Set the expiration time (for example: 5:30 pm). When the timed profile expires, the previous profile is reactivated. ⢠SET THE DISPLAY LANGUAGE Y ou can set your phone to display these lang uages: English, Spanish or Portuguese. 1 Press Menu 4-2-1 ( Settings > Phon e settings > Language ). 2 Scroll to the language you want to use and press Select . ⢠SET THE CLOCK Y our phone contains a real-time clock that can be set two different ways: the clock can use the time and date information provided by the wi reless system or the time can be set manually . The clock will display the current time and date on the start screen. Y ou can also choose to hide the clock if you pre fer . Please see âÂÂDisplaying or hiding the clockâ on page 45. Note: Y our phone has an alarm clock. For more information, see âÂÂUse the alarm clockâ on page 64. Manually setting the clock 1 Press Menu 4-3-1 ( Setti ngs > Time setting s > Clock ). 2 Scroll to Set the time , and press Select . 3 Enter the current time, and press Select . For example, to enter 7:30, enter 0 730. 4 Scroll to am or pm , and press Select . Selecting tim e format 1 Press Menu 4-3-1 ( Setti ngs > Time setting s > Clock ). 2 Scroll to Time format , and press Select . 3 Scroll to either 24-hour or am/pm , and press Select . Allowing the ne twork to set the clo ck 1 Press Menu 4-3-3 ( Setti ngs > Time setting s > Auto u pdate of d ate and time ). 2 Scroll to On (or Confirm first ), and press Select . Important: If yo u use the Auto update of date and time option while outside you r digital network, you may be prompted to enter t ime ma nua lly ( see above ). Network time will replace th e tim e and dat e wh en you re- ente r y ou r di git al n et work . Note: If your battery has been removed or has drained outside the digital network, you may be prompted to enter your own time (once the battery is replaced/recharged, and youâÂÂre still outside of the digital network).
[ 45 ] P ersonalization Displaying or h iding the clock 1 Press Menu 4-3-1 ( Setti ngs > Time settings > Clock ). 2 Depending on the current settings, either Hide clock or Show clock is highlighted. 3 Press Selec t . ⢠CUSTOMIZE TH E WELCOME SC REEN Y ou can set your phone to display a brief message each time you switch o n your p hone. Th e mes sage ca n inclu de you r name or a reminder and can be up to 44 ch aracters long. Create a startup message 1 Press Menu 4- 2-3 ( Settings > Phone settings > We l c o m e no te ). 2 En ter th e tex t o f the startu p m essag e (us ing tr adi tiona l tex t ent ry). 3 Press Opti ons , and select Save . ⢠LEARN ABOUT VOICE COMMANDS The voice command f eature pr ovides handsfree op eration of certain menu opti ons and commands. Just like voice dialing, you must create a voic e âÂÂtagâ for the commands you want to use (please read â Assign a voice tag to a phone numberâ on page 5 2 for detailed information on voice tags). The following is a list of menu options for use with voice comm ands: Create a voice tag for a menu optio n Important: Please see âÂÂImportant notes about voice tagsâ on page 52 for more information on creating voice tags. 1 Press Menu 7-2 ( Vo ic e > V oice commands ). 2 Scroll to the menu option you wish to tag, and press Select . 3 Press Opti ons , and select Add command . 4 Press Start . After the tone sound s, speak the vo ice tag clearly into the microphone. The phone replays then saves the recorded tag. The icon appears next to commands which have voice tags assigned. Option Description Profiles Used to switch between the available profiles ( Normal , Silent , Mee ting , Outdoor , a nd P ager ) V o ice mailbox Used to access you r voice messages Recorder Used to start recording a memo Call log Used to access the Call log menu
[ 46 ] Use a voice com mand Warning: Do not use voice command in an emer gency situation. In emergencies, stress causes changes in your voi ce, wh ich may keep the phone from recog nizing your voice command. 1 At the start screen, pre ss and hold Contacts for one to two seconds . A tone is heard and Please speak now is displayed. 2 After the tone, clearl y speak the voice tag that y ou recorded previously into the microphone. The only other option for initiating a voice command is to press the headset button momentarily at the start screen. The al ert tones play through the headset. Speak the voice tag into the heads et microphon e. The voice tag will playback through the headset to confirm your choice. W ork with voice tags Y ou can listen to an existing voice tag, rerecord a voice tag, or delete an existing tag. 1 Press Menu 7-2 ( Vo ic e > V oice commands ). 2 Scroll to the menu option you wi sh t o t ag , an d pr es s Select . 3 Press Opti ons , scroll to either Playback , Ch ange , or Delete , and press Select . Note: If you chose Change, press Start to record again. The new tag replaces the old.
[ 47 ] Advanced features 1 1 Advanced features Warning: D o not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is pr ohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Note: Some in-call options are network services features. Please contact your service provider for information and availability . This chapter describes advanced calling features such as confer ence calling, call waiting, and calling cards. Not all the featur es described here are available in all wireless network systems. ⢠VIEW IN-CALL OPTIONS Y ou can use certain features during a call. These in-cal l option s cannot be used at all times. 1 To access an option during a call, press Option s . 2 Scroll to one of the following options, and press Select : ⢠USE CALL FORWARDING When you use call forwarding , your netw ork redirects incoming calls to another phone number . Using this feature helps to prevent missing important phone calls. Important: Call forwarding is a network-dependent feature and may not work the same in all networks. Contac t your service provider for availability and for your networkâ s feature codes. Learn about call forwar ding feature codes Y our network requires separate codes to activa te and cancel various types of call for warding. Y our service provider can give you the feature codes f or these network services. Option Description Mute/End mute Used to disable or enable the microphone. If mute is selected, En d mute is displayed. These options affect any enhancements connected to the phone (headset , car kit). New cal l Used to initiate a new call while in a call (call-waiting and three-way calling). End all calls Used to end all active calls (call-waiting or three-way calling). Touch tones Used to enter a touch tone string (series of tones) manually or search for a string. Contacts Used to view phone book. Press Back to close phone book and return to call. Menu Used to display main menu.
[ 48 ] When you store the codes in your phone, they are sent automatically to the networ k when you select a call forwarding option. Y our phone ca n store the following type of feature code: Store a feature code 1 Press Menu 4-7-5 ( Sett ings > Network services > Network feature setting ). The Feature code field appears after a few seconds. 2 Enter the feature code your ser vice provider gave you (example *9 0 for activating Forward if busy ), and press OK . 3 Press Selec t when Call forwarding is displayed. 4 Scroll to the ty pe of forward ing that matches the featur e code you enter ed (example: Forward if busy ), and press Select . 5 Select Activate . The Activate f eature code is now stored in your phone, and you are returned to the Feature code field. Continue enteri ng other featur e codes (example *900 to cancel Forward if busy ), or press the End key to r eturn to the start screen. Important: On ce y ou ent er a netwo rk fe ature code succ essfu lly , then t he fe ature becomes visible in the Network services menu. Activate/cancel call forwarding After yo u store the correct featur e codes, you can activate (or canc el) call forwarding as follows: 1 Press Menu 4-7-5 ( Settings > Netwo rk services > Network feature setting ). 2 Select Call forwarding . 3 Scroll to the desired call forwarding option, and press Select . 4 Highlight Activate and press Select . 5 Enter the number to which you want your calls forwarded (or press Search to recall a number from the phone book), and press OK . 6 Y our phone calls the network to activate (o r cancel) the f eature youâÂÂve reque sted. The network sends a c onfirmation note when the feature is ac tivated (or ca ncelled) successfully . Feature code type Descriptio n Forward all calls Forwards all incoming calls to the number you specify Forward if busy Forward incoming calls wh en youâÂÂre in a call Forward if not answered Forwards incoming calls to another n umber when you are unable to answer Forward if out of reach Forwards incoming calls to another number when youâÂÂre out of the network or when the phone is switched off Forward all da ta calls Forwards all incoming data ca lls to the number you specify Cancel all call forwardin g Cancels any and all call forwarding options you may have set
[ 49 ] Advanced features ⢠USE CALL WAITING This n etwork service l ets you receive a n incomi ng call w hen youâ re already in a cal l. When yo u receive an incoming call, your phone displays the callerâÂÂs phone number ( or the callerâÂÂs entr y in your phone book). The phone also beeps, notifying you of the incoming call. To Answer a waiting call, Press the Send key (or press Answer ) to place the curre nt active call on hold automatically an d answer the new call. T o Switch between the two ca lls, accepting the wa iting call puts the first caller on hold. To put the second caller on hold and reconnect with the first caller , press the Send key . To end the active call, simply allow the oth er party to hang up; the call o n hold then becomes the active call. OR: 1 Press the End key to terminate the active call. 2 The network redials with the call on h old. Answer the call as any normal inco ming call. ⢠MAKE A C ONFERENCE CALL Y ou can talk to two people at the same time. Co nference ca lling is a ne twork-dependent feature. Note: Check with your service provider to ma ke sure this service is available in your network. 1 Make a call to the first participant. When youâÂÂre re ady to place a call to the next party , 2 Press Opti ons , and press New call . 3 Enter the number and press the Send key (or press Search to recall number from Contacts ). 4 Press the Send key again to connect both parties. 5 To end the call, press t he End key . This action disconnects both parties. End calls To end a conference call, pr ess the End key . Or you ca n also press Op tion s , and sel ect End all calls . Disconnect seco nd party While all three parties are connected, press the Send key t o disconnect the second caller and keep the first call active. Disconn ect first par ty T o disconnect the first party and remain connected to the second party , have the first party terminate the call. ⢠SEND OWN CALLER ID WHEN CALLING Y ou can block caller ID when you call someone (your number will not be dis played on their caller ID). This feature may only b e effectiv e when calling a number equipped with caller ID. Note: This feature is available only when supported by the wireless network and may not function if you are roaming. Important: This feature work s on a call-by-call basi s. Y ou must enable this feature each time you want to block the sending of your own numbe r to the recipientâ s caller ID .
[ 50 ] Store the feature codes Before you can use the Send own caller ID w hen calling feature, you must store the feature codes for activating this feature. Once the code is stored in your phone, it is sent automatically to the network when you select this option from your phoneâÂÂs menu. 1 Press Menu 4-7-5 ( Sett ings > Network services > Network feature setting ). The Feature code field appears after a few seconds. 2 Enter the feature code your service provide r gave you (example *67 for activating Send own caller ID when calling ), and press OK . 3 Select No to assign the activation code. Place a call withou t sending your num ber 1 Press Menu 4-7-4 ( Setti ngs > Network s ervices > Send o wn caller ID when ca lling ). 2 Scroll to No , and press Select . 3 Enter a phone number , and press OK. Press Search to recall a number from the phone book. The phone automatically in serts the feature code into the dialing string and dials the phone number . The person youâÂÂre calling cannot see your phone number on their caller ID. ⢠USE AUTOMATIC REDIAL At times you may not be able to place a call (for example: due t o the high volume of traf fic on the wireless network). When the wireless ne twork is busy or unavailable, selec t Automatic redial to retry the call. 1 Press Menu 4-1-2 ( Settings > Call settings > Automa tic redial ). 2 Scroll to On and press Sel ect . If the system is busy , your phone makes three additional call attempts. If you want to stop the automatic redial process before the last attempt, press the End key . Important: This feature does not automatically retry a number . ⢠CALLING CARD If you wish to use a calling card for long distan ce calls, you must first save your calling card information into your phone. Y our phone is equipped to hand le up to four calling cards. Saving ca lling card information 1 Press Menu 4-1-7 ( Settin gs > Call settings > Calling card ). 2 Enter your security code, and press OK . For information on security code, see âÂÂSecurity code â on page 58. 3 Scroll to one of the four memory locations, and press Option s . 4 Scroll to Edit , and pre ss OK .
[ 5 1 ] Advanced features 5 Select Dialing sequence . Scroll to one of the following sequence types, and press Select . 6 Enter the required information (access nu mber or prefix and card number). Press OK to confirm your entries. 7 Press OK to save your changes. 8 Scroll to Card name , and press Select. Enter the card name, and press OK . Note: This procedure might not work with all ca llin g cards. Please look at the back of your calling card or contact your long distance company for m ore information. Choosing a calling card to use Use Menu 4-1-7 ( Setting s > Call settings > Calling card ) to select a calling card to use. Y ou will be required to enter your security code. Making calling card calls After you have saved your calling card in formation in your phone, you can make a call using your calling card. 1 Enter the phone number , including any prefix (such as 0 or 1 ) that your calling card may require when you make a calling card call. See your calling card for instructions. 2 Press and hold th e Send key for a few seconds until your phone displays Card ca ll . 3 Y our phone displays Wa it fo r t on e , then press OK . When you hear the tone or system message, press OK . 4 Y our phone displays Wait for tone, then press OK again . When you hear the tone or system message, press OK . ⢠V OICE DIALING Y ou can dial u p to 25 of your phone bookâÂÂs stored numbers using the voice dialing feature. Before you can place a call using voice dialing, yo u must first assign a voice t ag to the number . Before using voice dialing, note that: ⢠V oice tags are not language dependent. They ar e dependent on the speake r's voice. ⢠V oice tags are sensitive to background no ise. Record them and make calls in a quiet environment. Dialing sequence Use for cards that require you to: Access number phone number card number Dial 1-800 access n umber , phone number , and card number ( PIN if required) Access number card number phone number Dial 1-800 access number , card number ( PIN if requi red), and phone number Prefix phone number card number Dial the pr efix (numbers that must pre cede the phone number) and phone number you wan t to dial, and card number ( PIN if required)
[ 52 ] ⢠When recording a voice tag or making a call by sayin g a voice tag, hold the phone in the normal position near to your ear . ⢠V ery short names are not accepted. Use long names and avoid similar names for different numbers. Important: Y ou must say the name exactly as you said it when you recorded it. This may be difficult in, for example, a no isy environment or during an emergency , so you should not rely solely upon voice dialing in all circu mstances. Assign a voice tag to a phone number Y ou mu st record a voice tag (up to two seconds) for a phone number before you can use the voice dialing feature to dial it. ADD A VOICE TAG TO A PHONE BOOK ENTRY 1 At the start screen, press the scroll up or the scroll down keys. Scroll to the desired phone book entry , and press Details . 2 Scroll to the phone number you want to tag and press Options . 3 Scroll to Add voice tag and press Selec t . (The phone displays Press Start , then speak after the tone ). 4 Press Start an d after the tone, speak the voice ta g clearly into the phoneâ s mi crophone. Note: Yo ur phone informs you if reco rding i s not successful. P r e s s OK to try again or Back to return to phone book. The message V oice tag saved is displayed upon completion of the recording p ro ces s. T he ic on next to a phone number denotes that a voice tag exists for this number . IMPORTANT NOTES ABOUT VOICE TAGS ⢠The recording process stops automatically; pressing Quit aborts the reco rding attempt. ⢠Unique tags are recognized more accurat ely . Consider using first and last name or first name, last name, and number type (for example, mobile, home, work, etc.) when tagging a number . For example, John Smith, work. ⢠Avoid pauses or silence as you record th e voice tag. ⢠If the voice tag memory is full, the phone displays Delete an existing voice tag? Press OK , scroll to locate a tag to delete, and press Delete . ⢠Deleting a phone number deletes any associated voice tags. Warning: Do not use a voice tag for dialing em ergency numbers. In emergencies, stress causes changes in your voi ce, wh ich may keep the phone from recog nizing your voice command. Dialing a nu mber using voice d ialing Note: Y ou must say the nam e exactly as you said it when you recorded it. 1 At th e start screen, p ress and hold Contacts for two seconds. A t on e i s he a r d an d Please speak now is displayed.
[ 53 ] Advanced features 2 Aft er the tone, clearly sp eak the vo ice tag tha t you re corded previously i nt o th e m ic ro p ho ne . Note: If the voice tag is not recognized by the phone (or if y ou fail to speak a tag within three seconds after the tone), the message Name not recognized is displayed, and you are returned t o t h e s t ar t s c r e e n . 3 When the voice tag is recognized, the phone book entry will be displayed for three seconds and the voice tag is replayed through the ear piece. After three sec onds, the number is dialed. The only other option for initiating voice dialin g is to press the headset button momentarily at the start screen. The alert tones play through the headset. Speak the voice tag into the heads et microphon e. The voice tag will playback through the headset to confirm your choice. W ork with voice tags Y ou can listen to an exist ing voice tag ( in case you forgot what you recorde d), rerecor d a voice tag, or delete an existing tag. 1 At the start scr een, press Contacts . Scroll to Vo i c e t a g s , and press Select . Note: This opt ion displays a list of the contac ts/numbers that ha ve a voice tag assigned. 2 Scroll to the phone number whose voice tag you want to edit, and press Op tions . 3 Scroll to either Playback , Change , or Delete , and press Select . Note: If you chose Change , press Start to begin rerecording. The new tag that is recorded replaces the old information. ⢠1-TOUCH DIALING When a phone number is assigned to one of th e 1-touch dialing locations (2 - 9), you can call the phone number in either of the following ways: ⢠Press the number ke y that corresponds to a 1-touch dialing location and press the Sen d key . ⢠Press and hold the key that corresponds to a 1-touch dialing location until the call begins. The one key is preassigned to dial your vo ice mailbox number and cannot be reassigned. Set up 1-to uch diali ng If you want to assign a number to one of the number keys (2-9), do the following: 1 Press Co ntacts . 2 Scroll to 1-touch dialing and press Select . 3 Scroll to the desired number key (keys 2 through 9 ), and press Assign . Note: If a phone num ber is already assigned to a key , the phone book entry name is displayed and the left soft key is Options . 4 Enter the phone number man ually , or press Searc h to locate a phone book entry . 5 Select the desired name or entry from the phone book. If more than one number is stored for that entry , scroll to the desired num ber and press Select .
[ 54 ] 1-touch dialin g options Y ou can change or delete (clear) numbers assi gned to 1-touch dialing or view the number assigned to a key from the 1-touch dialing menu. 1 Press Co ntacts . 2 Scroll to 1-touch dialing and press Select . 3 Scroll to a key that is assigned a number , and press O ptions . 4 Scroll to either View number , Change , or Delete , and press Select . ⢠CALLER GROUPS Y ou can group ph one book entries using one of the existing categories ( Family , VIP , Friends, Business , an d Other ). Ea ch group has its own unique ringing tone and l ogo. When you receive a call from a number assigned to a caller group, the ringing tone for that caller group is used, and the caller groupâ s logo is displayed on the scr een. This feature can help you identify incom ing calls more quickly . ADD A NUMBER TO A CALL ER GROUP 1 At the start screen , press the scroll down key to sc roll to the desired phone book entry , and press Details . 2 Scroll to the phone number you want to use an d press Options . 3 Scroll to Caller groups , and press Select . 4 Scroll to the desired caller group (for example Friends ), and press Select . SELECT A R INGING TONE AND GR APHIC FOR A CAL LER GROUP 1 Press Contacts . 2 Scroll to Caller groups and press Select . 3 Scroll to one of the caller groups and press Select . 4 Scroll to one of the following optio ns and press Select : Option Desc ripti on Rename group Used to rename the selected caller group Group ringin g tone Used to select a ringing tone for this group. Scroll through list of ringing tones, and press OK Group logo Used to view , activate or deactivate group logo Group members Used to assign other phone book entries to the selected caller group
[ 55 ] Advanced features ⢠USE TOUCH TONES Warning: If you send touch tones while in an alog mode, be careful not to send confidential information. Check your phoneâÂÂs display for the icon, indicating the presence of a digital network. Touch tones (sometimes known as D TMF tones) are those tones produced when you pr ess th e keys on your phoneâ s keypad. Y ou can use touch tones for many automated dial -up se rv ice s s uch as banking and airlines, or for entering your voice mailbox number and password. Touch tones are sent during an active call. Y o u can sen d them manually from your phon eâÂÂs keypad, or se nd them automatically by saving them in your phone. Set manual touch tone options Y ou may need to cu stomize how your phone sends the touch tones for optimum performance with the system youâÂÂre calling. SET TOUCH TONE TYPE 1 Press Menu 4-2-2-1 ( Settings > Phone settings > Touch tone s > Manual touch tones ). 2 Select one of the following options, and press Select : SET FIXED TOUCH TONE LENGTH Y ou can also s pecify touch to n e leng th when using the Fixed option. 1 Press Menu 4-2-2-2 ( S ettings > Ph one settings > Touc h tones > Touc h tone leng th ). 2 Scroll to Short (0.1 seconds) or Long (0.5 seco nds), and press Select . Send touch tone string m anually Before you begin, ma ke s u re t h at Manual touch tones is not s et to Off . 1 During a call to the aut omated service, press Options , scroll to T ouch tones and press Sel ect . 2 Enter the touch tone string from your phoneâÂÂs keypad as required by the service youâÂÂr e calling, and press Ton e s . Send touch tone string from phone boo k Y ou can save a touch tone string as a separate phone book entry , and recall and send the string using the in-call menu option T ouch t ones . SAVE TOUCH TONES A S A PHONE BOOK ENTRY Save the touch tone string (including any pa use or wait characters t hat may be required) to a new entry in the phone book. For more information on saving contacts and number to your phone book see âÂÂSave contacts and numbersâ on page 22. Option Description Continuo us Tone sounds for as long as you press and hold a key . Fixed Used to send tones of the duration you specify in the T o uch tone length opt ion. Off Used to turn off tones. No tones are sent when you press a key .
[ 56 ] RECALL TOUCH TONE STRING FROM THE PHONE BOOK 1 During a call to the aut omated service, press Options , scroll to T ouch tones and press Sel ect . 2 Press Searc h , scroll to the touch tone string entry in your phone book, and press OK . 3 Press To ne s to send the touch tones. Store touch tone strin g with ph one numbe r Y ou can store touch tone stri ng s (for example: voice mailbox number and PIN code) as a part of a phone book entry . Once the string is stored, it is sent automatically (instead of entering the touch tones from the keypad). 1 Enter the phone number of the automated service. 2 Use the * key t o ente r a w or p after the number . ⢠w (wait)âÂÂThe phone waits for you to press Send . When you press Sen d , the ph one sends the touch tone string youâÂÂve saved. ⢠p (pause)âÂÂTh e phone pauses for 2.5 seconds, and auto ma tica lly send s the to uch ton e string youâÂÂve saved. 3 Enter the touch tone string after the w or p characters as required by the service. Example: 214-555-1234w1234#p56 78# 4 Save this phone book entry as you normally would. Once the touch tone string is stored with th e phone number , you can now call the number and have the touch tone strings sent automatically . ⢠LINK PHONE BOOK ENTRIES Y ou can store a numb er in one phone book location and link it to another phone book entry . For example, linking the phone nu mber of an a utomated se rvice (exampl e: automat ed banking service) with a touch tone string entry in your phone book (example: acc ount an d PI N nu mbe rs ) automatically recalls and sends the touch tone string when you call the service. USE LINKING OPTIONS 1 Store the touch tone string into your phone book. 2 Assign the phone book entry with the touch to nes to a 1-touch dialing location (example: location 3). For more information on 1-touch dialing, see âÂÂ1-touch dialingâ on page 53. 3 Edit the automated serviceâÂÂs phone number by adding n to the end of the phone number (where n is the 1-tou ch dialing location). Example: 214-555-1234 3 4 Press OK to save your changes. 5 Dial the automated serviceâÂÂs number from your phone book. Y our phone automatically sends the touch tones when the call connects. Important: Y ou may need to enter a pause (p) before the in order to account for delays in the automated system answering your call (example: 214-555-1 234p 3 ).
[ 57 ] Advanced features ⢠LEARN ABOUT V OICE RE CORDER Recorder allows y ou to record audio memos and store t hem in your phone. Use this feat ure to record things like phone numbers and personal memos. T otal time available for all memos is one minute, up to 60 seconds. If one recorded memo is 60 seconds in length, then it must be dele ted before other memos can be recorded. The maximum number and length of remaining m emos depends on how much memo ry is still available. A countdown timer is displayed while recording and shows remaining record time. Reco rd a m emo 1 Press Menu 7-3-1 ( Vo i c e > V oice recorder > Recor d ). 2 After the tone, begin recording your memo. 3 When you finish recording, press Stop . 4 Enter the subject of the voice memo, and press OK . Pressing Back instead of en tering a subject discards the memo without saving. Pressing OK without entering a subject assigns the default name ( Recording ) to the memo. W ork wit h record ed memo s T o view a list of recorded memos: 1 Press Menu 7-3-2 ( Vo i c e > V oi ce recorder > Recordings list ). 2 Scroll through the list of memos, and press Option s . The following options are available: Notes about voice recorder ⢠An incoming call interrupts voice memo playba ck. When call is complete, the phone returns to the Options menu for the selected voice memo. ⢠An incoming call stops voice memo recording. Th e recorded memo is automatically save d wi th the default name. ⢠Y ou can enter numbers during m emo playba ck (example: when voice memo contains a phone number). Pressing the Send key interrupts voice memo playback and places the call. Option Description Playback Plays back the selected me ssage throug h the earp iece (phone or headset). Edit tit le Used to edit the memoâ s subject, or to rename memo. Delete Deletes selected voice memo. Add alarm/Alarm Used to add (edit, or r emove) a reminder alarm for the memo.
[ 58 ] 12 Security and System settings Warning: D o not switch on the ph one when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y our phone has a variety of security features that help prevent some of the following: ⢠Placing accidental or uninten tional calls. ⢠Unauthorized use of your phone. ⢠Placing and accepting calls from certain phone numbers. ⢠Accidental erasing of information or restoring factory settings. ⢠LOCK KE YPAD (KEYGUARD) With keypa d lock (Keyguar d) you can temporarily lock y our phoneâÂÂs keypad and p rev en t t he accidental placing of calls or pressing of the ke ypad (for example, when the phone is in your pocket or in your purse). Press Men u followed by the * ke y (within three seconds) to ac tivat e Keyguard. Y ou can answer a call with K eyguard activated. Press the Send key to answer the call. When you end the c all, the keyp ad rema ins lock ed. Press Unlock followed by the * key (within three seconds) to deactivate Keyguard and unlock your phoneâ s keypad. Important: The key icon appears at the top of the display . The left soft key is also labeled Unl ock . Important: When the phone is locked, calls may be possible to the emergency number programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergency number). â¢S E C U R I T Y C O D E Important: Security code is a network dependent feature. Security code may be replaced by Lock code in some phones. If the phone pr ompts you to enter a Lock code instead of a Security code, then see âÂÂL earn about the lock codeâ on page 59. Y our phone prompts you for a five-digit security code for certain features and commands . Access is granted only after the correc t se curity code has been entered successfully . The default security code is 12345 . It is recommended that you change this code at once, write it down, and store it in a safe place away from your phone. Important: When entering your security code, ***** is displayed on the screen to keep others from viewing your code. Y ou can delete the last entered digit by pressing Clear (or by pressing and holding Clear to delete all the digits more quickly) . Enter the corr ect code or press Bac k to exit. If you enter an incorrect se curity code ( Code error will appear) five times in a row , your phon e wonâÂÂt accept any entries for the next five minutes.
[ 59 ] Security and System settings Change your security code 1 Press Menu 4-6 ( Settings > Security settings ). En ter yo ur lock code. 2 Select Access codes . 3 Select Change security code . 4 Enter existing (or default) security code and press OK . 5 Enter new five-digit security code and press OK . 6 Re-enter your new five-digit secur ity code for verification, and press OK . Y our phone displ ays the confirmation message Security code chan ged . Important: If you change your security code and forget the new code, contact your service provider . Once you change the security code, the default code is no longer valid. â¢P H O N E L O C K This feature prot ects your phone from unauthor ized outgoing ca lls o r acce ss t o i nfo rm ati on stored in the phone. When phone lock is activated, Phone locked is displayed when you turn your phone on or off. After p ressing either Contacts or Menu , you must enter the code. Once your lock code is accepted, your phone will function normally . Important: Call not allowed displays if you tr y to plac e a call wh ile the pho ne is locked. Important: When the phone is locked, calls may be possible to the emergency number programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergency number). Learn about the lock code Y our phone also has a lock co de. Y ou will need the lock code to acti vate and deactivate the phone lock feature, or to change your lock code. The default lock code is 1234 . If you enter an incorrect lock c ode five times in a row , your phone will prompt you for the se curity code (see page 58). T o change your lock code: 1 Press Menu 4-6 ( Settings > Security settings ). En ter yo ur lock code. 2 Select Access codes . 3 Select Change lock code . 4 Enter current (or default) loc k code and press OK . 5 Enter new lock code and press OK . 6 Re-enter new lock code for verification, and press OK . Important: When you change you r lock code, store it in a safe place away from your phone. Avoid entering access codes similar to emergency nu mbers to prevent accidental emergency calls. ACTIVATE A ND DEACTIVATE PHONE LOCK 1 Press Menu 4-6 ( Se ttings > Securi ty settings ). 2 Enter the lock code, and press OK .
[ 60 ] 3 Select Access codes . 4 Select Phone lock . 5 Scroll to On or Off , and press Selec t . 6 Turn your phone off and back on to complete the phone lock activation (or deactivation). ANSWER A CALL WITH PHONE LOCK ON Press the Send key or Answer . ALLOWED NUMBER WHEN PHONE LOCKED When phone lock is on, the only outgoing calls allowed are to the following numbers: ⢠The emergency number programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergency number). ⢠The number stored in the Allowed number when phone locked location. Store the unlocked phone nu mber 1 Press Menu 4-6 ( Se ttings > Securi ty settings ) 2 Enter lock code and press OK . 3 Select Access codes . 4 Select Allowed number when ph one locked . 5 Enter phone number (or press Search to recall the number), and press Select . Calling the allowed phon e number At the start screen, press the scroll dow n keys. When the number displays, press the Send key to place the call. Important: Phone lock m ust be activated to use this feature. ⢠CALL RESTRICTIONS This feature allows you to restrict inco ming an d outgoing calls. Y ou can restrict all calls or create a custom list of numbers to restrict. When you select either Restrict outgoing calls or Restrict incoming calls from the Security settings options, your options are: ⢠Select âÂÂDisplays a list of all available restricted numbers. Select the numbers you want to restrict from this screen. ⢠Add restriction âÂÂCreates your own list of restricted numbers Once you have added at least one restriction to either the outgoing or incomin g calls list, the following options become visible: ⢠Edit âÂÂEdit an existing outgoing call restriction ⢠Delete âÂÂDeletes call restrictions from the list Important: When calls are restr icted, calls may be possible to the emergency number programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergency number).
[ 6 1 ] Security and System settings Add a call restriction Y ou can add up to 10 re strictions for outgoing calls and 15 restrictions for incoming calls. The maximum n umber of you can en ter for each restriction is 15. 1 Press Menu > Settings > Se curity settings > Call restrictions . 2 Enter the security code and press OK . 3 Select either Restrict outgoing calls or Restric t incoming calls . 4 Scroll to Add restriction and press Select . 5 Enter the number string you wish to restrict and press OK . For example: ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin with 1, enter 1 . ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin with 1972, enter 1972. ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin with 2 14 , enter 2 14. 6 Enter a name to identify this restriction, or just press OK . Note: When you create a new restriction, it is automatically selected (enabled) when it is saved. Select call restrictions 1 Press Menu > Settings > Se curity settings > Call restrictions . 2 Enter your security code and press OK . 3 Scroll to Restrict outgoin g calls or Res trict incom ing ca lls and press Select. Then, scroll to Select and press Select . 4 Scroll to each restriction you wish to use and press Mark ; press Un mark t o deactivate existing restrictions. 5 Press Done , and press Ye s to save the changes youâÂÂve made. Edit call restrictions Y ou can edit the name or nu mber of an entry in the call restrictions list. 1 Press Menu > Settings > Se curity settings > Call restrictions . 2 Enter your security code and press OK . 3 Scroll to Restrict outgoing calls or Rest rict inco ming calls and press Select . 4 Scroll to Edit and press Select . 5 Scroll to the restriction you wish to edit, and press Select . If no name is entered for a restriction, the restricted number displays. 6 Edit the numb er (as needed), and press OK . 7 Edit name (as needed) , and press OK . Erase call restri ctions Y ou may want to delete a restrict ion that is no longer needed. 1 Press Menu > Settings > Se curity settings > Call restrictions .
[ 62 ] 2 Enter your security code and press OK . 3 Scroll to Restrict outgoing calls or Rest rict in coming calls and press Select . 4 Scroll to Dele te and press Select . 5 Scroll to the restriction you wish to delete, and press OK . 6 Press OK again to delete restriction. ⢠GPS (LOCATION INFO SHARING) The GPS feature allows the phone to share position information over the network. For calls to emergency numbers, this position information may be used by the emergency operator to determine the position of the phone. The functionality of this feature is dependant on the network, satellite systems and the agency receiving the information. It may not fu nction in all areas or at all times. The user can enable or disable the GPS feature for non-emergency calls by accessing the Location info shari ng feature in the phone. ENABLE OR DISABLE GPS (LOCATION INFO SHARING) 1 Press Menu 4-1-1 ( Setti ngs > Call settings > Location info sharin g ). 2 Select either Emergenc y or On . The profile selected in the Location info sharing menu, is shown on the lower right part of the screen. The default pr ofile is Emerg ency . When Emerg ency is selected, and the phoneâÂÂs location information is shared only during an emergency call to th e official emergency number programmed into your phone. The phone screen displays or in the upper left hand corner . When Share location is selected, the location information is shared with the network whenever the phone is powered on and activ ated. The screen displays or in the upper l eft hand corner . 3 When On is selected, the phoneâÂÂs location informat ion is shared w ith th e netw ork wh eneve r the phone is powered on and activated. Note: Location information will always be shar ed with the networ k during emergency calls to the official emergency number programmed into the phone, regardless of which setting is selected. After placing an emergency call, the phon e remains in emergency mode for five minutes. During th is time, the location information will be shared with the network. For more inform ation, see âÂÂEmergency callsâ on page 77. ⢠AUTOMATIC UPDATE OF SERVICE Y our phone is capable of receiving updates to wireless services sent to your phone by your service provider . Use Menu 4-1-4 ( Settings > Call settings > Auto-update of service ) to turn this feature on or off. ⢠LEARN ABOUT SYSTEM SE LECTION The Syste m menu (Menu 6) allows you to customize the way your phone chooses a system in which to operate while you are within or outside of your primary or home system.
[ 63 ] Security and System settings Y our phone is set to search for the most cost -effective system. If your phone canâÂÂt f ind a preferred system, it selects a system automatically based on the option you choose in the System menu. Important: Before selecting an item i n the System menu, contact your service provider to find out how your selection w ill affect your service charges. View Roaming options The menu options you see in your phone are based on your service providerâÂÂs netw ork. Their network determines which options actually appear in th e phoneâ s menu. The followin g options that may appear in your phone: Option Description Home only Y ou can make and receive calls in yo ur home area only . While roaming, No Service appears and you cann ot make or receiv e calls. Automatic Y our phon e automatically select s the best available system.
[ 64 ] 13 Organizer Y our phone has a calendar , alarm clock, stopwatch, and contact databaseâÂÂe verything you need in an organizer or personal digital assistant. ⢠USE THE ALARM CLOCK Y our phoneâÂÂs alarm clock can be set to sound at a specified time. The icon, display ed on the start screen, indicates that an alarm is set. The alarm clock wor ks, even if the phone is off. Important: The alarm clock works in conjunction with your phoneâÂÂs clock. Mak e sure your phoneâ s time and date are correct before using this feature. Set the alarm 1 Press Menu 9-1 ( Or ganizer > Alarm clock ), an d press Select . 2 Enter the alarm time, and press OK . 3 Select am or pm , and press OK . Respond to an alarm At the time of the alarm, the phone sounds an alert tone, displays a message, and flashes lights. Pressing Stop or the En d key stops the alarm from sounding, an d returns you to the start screen. Y ou can also u se the Sno oze feature: 1 Press the Sno oze soft key . 2 Pr ess any key (except the End key). 3 Allow the alarm to sound for one minute. When snooze is enabled, the alarm will sound again in ten minutes. Alarm when pho ne power is off When the phone is switc hed off when the alar m sounds, the phone switches on and sounds the alarm tone. When you press Stop , you mus t cho ose whe the r to acti vate the phon e for c alls. Press No to switch o ff the phone or Ye s to make and receive calls. Warning: Do not press Ye s when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . â¢C A L E N D A R Warning: Y our phone must be switched on to us e the Calendar feature. Do not switch on the phone when wireless ph one use is proh ibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can record notes to remind you of meetings, phone calls, birthdays, or general r em in de rs and se t alar ms. Y ou can also use the DKU-5 data cable with the V erizon Mobile Office Kit to synchronize your PIM calendar with your phone calendar .
[ 65 ] Organizer Add a calendar n ote Note: Predictive text input is av ailable for Calendar not es. 1 From the day list view , scroll to the desired day and press Options . 2 Select Make a note . 3 Scroll to one of the following note types and press the roller: ⢠Meeting âÂÂEnter the not e (or press Search t o recall a name from the phone book) and press OK . Ent er th e tim e and pr ess Options . ⢠Call âÂÂEnter the desired phone number (or press Options th en Search to recall it fr om phone book) and press OK . Enter the time and press OK . ⢠Birthday âÂÂEnter the personâ s name (or press Opti ons then Search to recall it from phone book) and press OK . Press Op tions then Save and enter date of birth and year (optional). Press OK . ⢠Memo âÂÂEnter the note. Press Options then Save . Enter a date for the memo, and press OK . ⢠Reminder âÂÂEnt er the note. Press Optio ns then Save . Select an alarm option ( Alar m on , Alarm off ). 4 Scroll to the desired alarm option, and press Select . The presence of an alarm is indicated by when you view the notes. WHEN THE ALARM SO UNDS FOR A NO TE The phone flashes its lights, beeps, and displays the note. When a Call note is displayed, you can call the number by pressing the Send key . To stop the alarm, press Exit or the End key . ⢠CALCULATOR Y ou can use your phon eâÂÂs calc ulator to add, subtract, multiply or divide numbers and conve rt cu rren cies. Warning: Your phone must be s witched on to use this func tion. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it ma y cause interf erence or da nger . Use the calculator 1 Fr om th e Organizer menu, scroll to Calculator , and pre ss Select . 2 Enter the first number in the calculation (press the pound key for decimal point) . 3 To a d d , p r e s s t h e * key on ce ( appears); to subtract, press th e * ke y tw ice ( - ); to multiply , press the * key three times ( * ); to divide, press the * key four tim es ( / ). 4 Y ou can also press Option s , scroll to Add , Subtrac t , Multiply , Divide, Squar e , or Squar e root , and press Select . 5 Enter the second number . Repeat steps thr ee and four as many times as necessary . Note: A subtotal is shown after you enter the next operant ( , -, *, or /). 6 For a total, press Options twic e. 7 To start a new calculation, press and hold Clear for two seconds. Note: This calculator has limited accuracy and ro unding errors may occur , especially in long divisions.
[ 66 ] â¢S T O P W A T C H Y ou can use your phoneâÂÂs Stopwatch feature to time an event in hours, minutes and seconds. The eventâ s time can be saved, viewed, or deleted. Warning: Y our phone m ust be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohib ited or when it may cause interference or danger . Important: Using the stopwatch consumes the battery and the phone' s operating time will be reduced. Be careful not to let it run in the background when performing other operations with your phone. Time an event u sing sp lit timing The split time function allows you to measure the total time for an event, yet allows you to capture the elapsed time at various intervals. To measure split time: 1 Fr om th e Organizer menu, scroll to Stopwatch and press Selec t . 2 Scroll to Split tim ing , and press Select . 3 Press Start . The running time appears on the display . Once the split timer has started, you can: ⢠Press Split . The split time is displayed and the timer contin ues to display elapsed time. ⢠Press Stop to stop the timer and view the total elapsed time. If you continue pressing Split , the most recent split time appears at the top of the list of split times. Y ou can scroll to review previous times. View timing options Once you have stopped timing an event (usin g la p or split), you have the option to save the information, reset the stopwatch, or continue timing (split timing only). While stopwatch is running, press Stop , and press Options . Select one of the following: ⢠Save âÂÂused to save the current timing data. Enter a name, and press OK. ⢠Reset âÂÂclears the current timing da ta and resets the timer . ⢠Start âÂÂrestarts the split timer from the point the timer was stopped. Time an event u sing lap timing The lap time function allows you to measure the amount of time it takes to complete a cycle or lap. To measure lap time: From th e Organizer m enu, scroll to Stopwatch and press Select . Whe n th e l ap ti me r has started, your ca n: ⢠Press Stop to stop the timer and view the elapsed time. ⢠Press Lap . The lap time is displayed and the timer restarts from zero. If you continue pressing Lap , the most recent lap time appears at the top of the list of lap times. Y ou can scroll to review previous times. Press Stop to stop the timer . The final l apâ s time is displayed.
[ 67 ] Organizer Choose oth er stopwatch options Y ou can choose the following options from the Stopwatch menu. Note: If you receive a call while using the St opwatch, the timer continues running in the backgro und. After ending the call, you can redispla y the timer by doing the following: 1 Press Menu 9-4-1 ( Org anizer > Stopwatch > Continue ). 2 Press Selec t . Option Description Continue Used to re-display active timer (exa mple: if you receive a call while the timer is still running). Show las t time Allows you to view the last measured time. View times Allows you to vi ew the list of saved times. Delete times Allows you to delete the save d times. Y ou can delete the saved times one by one or all at once.
[ 68 ] 14 Get it now Note: Y our phone must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Note: Get it now is a network dependent feature and will not be available in all phones. Please check with your service provider for more information. Note: Th is feature shares memory space with other features. For more information, see âÂÂMemory useâ on page 13. ⢠LAUNCHING AN AP PLICATION 1 Press Menu 9-1 ( Get it now > Ge t it now ). Sele ct OK . 2 Select Start . If the selection is a single application it w ill laun ch. Otherwise, a list of applications is displayed corresponding to the selected application set. 3 Scroll to the desired application and press Sele ct . The application launches. ⢠DOWNLOAD A NEW APPLICATION 1 Press Menu > Get it n ow > Get it now , select OK . 2 At the next screen, press OK . 3 Select Content to download and press Select . Note: Nokia does not provide any warranty for non Nokia applications. If you choose to download and install an application, yo u should take the same precautions, for security or content, as you would with any Internet site. ⢠REMOVE AN AP PLICATION 1 Press Menu > Get it n ow > Get it now , select OK . 2 Scroll to Opti ons and press Select . 3 Scroll to the application you wish to remove and press Select . 4 Scroll to Remove and pre ss Select . Note: The screen will display a question asking i f you are sure you want to completely remove the applic ation. Select Ye s . ⢠CHECK MEMORY STA TUS Allows you to view mem ory available for Applications. 1 Press Menu > Get it n ow > G et it now > Optio ns > Information . 2 Y ou will see the am ount of Free memory and the Total memory . This will vary accordin g to the number of applications you have installed.
[ 69 ] Get it now ⢠OTHER OPTIONS AVAILABL E FOR APPLICATI ONS ⢠Delete âÂÂdelete the application or application set from the phone. ⢠Check version âÂÂcheck if a new version of the application is available for download from the mobile Internet services. ⢠Details âÂÂgive additional information about the application. Note: Check version and Internet link may not be available for all applications.
[ 7 0 ] 15 Y our phone and other devices Warning: Y our phone must be switched on to use t his function. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can connect your Nokia phone and compatible PC using the DKU-5 data cable. This ca ble is available for purchase as an enhancement or may be included in your sales package. Once your phone and PC are connected, you can access your phoneâ s information from your PC, or use your phone as a wireless modem for digital data/fax calls. Important: Digital data/fax services (including IS95 , IS2000 2G and 3G packet data) are network-dependent fe atures and may re quire a subscription to these services. Please check w ith your service pr ovider for th e availability of digital data/fax services. P ersonal Co mputer With your phone connected to your PC, you can use Nokia PC Suite to: ⢠make a bac kup copy of the da ta in your phone (Content Copier). ⢠edit phone book contacts, numbers, profiles, and settings by the PC keyboard (Phone Editor). ⢠synchronize your phone book and re minders with P ersonal Information Manager (PIM) applications (PC Syn c) . Please refer to Nokia PC Suite User Guide and PC/PDA Connectivity Guide for in st ruc tio ns. Modem Y ou can use your Nokia phone as a modem with yo ur laptop computer or handheld device, t o acce ss the Internet or corpo rate n e t w or k s. For more inf ormation, refer to the V erizon Mobile Office Kit . Download so ftware Important: This is a provider-dependent feature. Please chec k with your service provider to confirm your phoneâÂÂs ability to download software. PC Suite, the PC Suite/PC connectivity user guide, and all relat ed software is provided to yo u f re e of charge. These items can be downloaded fro m the US mobile phone products section of: http://www .nokia.com
[ 7 1 ] Minibrowser 16 Mini browser Warning: Y our phone must be switched on t o use this function. Do not switc h the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Important: This feature is available only if your service providerâ s network supports mobile Internet access. Y our se rvice provider may also require that you subscribe to this additional service. For more information, contact your service provider . Th e M ini brow ser fea tur e al low s y ou to a cc ess spec ial Internet content designed for v iewing from your mobile phone. Y ou can view news, get weat her reports, check flight times, access financial information, and download ringing tones or grap hics. Y ou can save addresses of Web sites as bookmarks for quick and easy access. ⢠UNDERST AND BROWSING SESSI ONS AND INDICATORS When you launch the minib rowser , two icons appear o n t h e s c re e n : âÂÂMinibrowser icon (you are in a minibrowser session) âÂÂActive call icon (you ar e being billed accordingly) The minibrowser disconnects from the network af ter inactivity . This function minimiz es your bill. Y ou m ay be b illed for several network connec tions in a single session. Y ou can still access pages stored in memory without the connection. If you navigate to a page not stored in memory , a new connection is establishe d and you will be bi lled accordingly . ⢠LAU NCHING THE MINIB ROWSER The first time you launch the minibrowser , yo u have a security setup process that takes 3-5 m inutes . 1 Press Menu , scroll to Minibrowser , and press Connect . A message appears, reminding you that you ma y be billed for the connection tim e. (You ca n disable this m essage. See âÂÂDis able minibrowser confirmatio nsâ on page 7 3.) 2 Press Ye s . A fter a few seco nds, th e Home Page appears. (Y our menu may vary .) Y ou can also launch the minibrowser by pressing and holding the 0 key from the start scre en. T o end a minibrowser session, press and hold the End ke y . ⢠MINIBROWSER MENU While browsing, press and release the power key to display the minibrowser menu : Option Descript ion Reload Reloads information for current page. Home Returns you to the Home page. Bookmarks Displays a list of bookmarks youâÂÂve saved.
[ 72 ] ⢠NAVIGATE IN THE MINIBROWSER 1 Scroll through the menus and contents of a page. Press the scroll up or scroll down keys to move through menu s or the contents of a page (contents may not fit on one screen). To scroll quickly , press and hold the scroll key . Important: There is no circular scrolling in minibrowser menus or pages. In other words, when you get to the end of a list or a body of text, the minibrowser does not automatically return you to the top of the list to begin scrolling again. 2 To go back to a previous page, press the End key . Press the End key repeatedly t o move back thro ugh previously view ed pages until the Home Pa g e appears. Press , scroll to Home , and press OK . 3 Select or open an item (for example, a link). ⢠Press the appropriate number key on your phoneâ s keypad (if the item on the page is numbered), OR ⢠Scroll to the item, and press the appropriate soft key (f or example, to select or open a link). 4 To navigat e to different scre ens or select spec ial functions, use t he soft keys. T he function of each soft key can change with each page and depends on each highlighted item. â¢L I N K S Links usually appear as items in a numbered list. When activated, a link will take you to another page or site or make a phone call if the sites support this feature. When you make a call, the connection terminates and the page you we re viewing is stored in memory . When you end the call, that page is displayed again. T o activate a link, highlight the link and press th e appropriate soft key . (If the link is a phone number , in some cases, you can also pr ess th e Send key to make the call.) ⢠BOOKMARKS Y ou can create a bookmark for a page so that y ou can quickly return to that page late r . (Y ou may also be able t o create bookmar ks via your person al account at your service provide râÂÂs we b site.) Bookmark site Used to save a bookmark for the current page. Ve r s i o n Displays information about the software version and developers. Advanced Displays a several advanced browser options. Downloads Used to view or access downloaded ringing tones. Exit browser Exits the minibrowser and ends your browsing session. Switch off! T urns the phone off. Option Descript ion
[ 73 ] Minibrowser BOOKMARK A PAGE 1 Go to the page for which you want to set a bookmark. 2 Press the power key to access the minibrowser menu. 3 Scroll to Bookma rk page and press Select . (A message may ask you to confirm this act ion.) GO TO A BOOKMA RKED PAGE 1 Fro m the Hom e P age , scroll to Bookmarks , and press OK . A list of your bookmarks appe ars. 2 Scroll to the bookmark you want to use, and press Select . Tip: The first ten bookmarks are assigned to keys one - zero. Press and hold the number associated with the desired bookmark to go to the bookmarke d site at any time during a browser session. ⢠REC EIVE MESSAG ES VIA THE MINIB ROWSER Depending on you r service provider , you m ay be able to receive text messages via the minibrowser . Unlike SMS text messages, minibrowser messages are not stored in the phone and m ust be accessed via the minibrowserâ s homepage. Notification of new minibrowser message s When a new minibrowser m essage is received, the icon appears in the status bar . Depending on the mess age priority , you m ay also hear a n alert tone and/or s ee New message fr om: dis played on your screen. ⢠If you receive the message while browsing, press View to read the message or Skip , allowing you to view the message later . ⢠If you re ceive the message while phone is idle, press Conn ect to launch the browser and view the message, or press Back to return to the start screen. Y ou can use the Mi nibrowser messages menu ( Menu 0 1-3 ) to read you r mess ages later . W eb lin ks in mini browse r messages Y ou can receive minibrow ser messages containing We b links. If you receive a message w i th a l in k , select Use Web link from the messageâ s Option s menu to open the link and go to the W eb site. Y ou can also receive Web links in standard SMS messages. Selecting Use W eb l ink from the messageâ s Options m enu launches the minibrowser and takes you to the linkâÂÂs site. ⢠END THE MINIBR OWSER SE SSION Press and hold the End key . Press the power button, scroll to E xit Minibrowser , and press OK . ⢠DISABLE MINIBROWSER CONFIRMATIONS Y ou can specify whether or not you want your ph one t o display messages when you begin or end a browser session.
[ 74 ] To modify minibrowser confirmations settings: 1 Press Menu 4-1-6 ( Settings > Call settings > Minib rowser confirmation ). The following options appear: 2 Scroll to the appropriate option, and press OK . Tip: To prevent unintentional exiting of the minibrowser session, select either the Both or On ex it options. This ensures that a confirmation message appears before exiting. Note: If you press and hold the End key , the minibrowser session ends without confirmation (regardless of the minibrowser confirmation setting). Option Description Both Con firmation required before connecting to the Internet, and before you terminate a browser session. None No confirmation notes are displayed. On connection Phone asks you to c onfirm your awareness to possible charge s incurred for Internet ac cess. On exit Phone asks you to confirm your wish to end browsing.
[ 75 ] Referenc e information 17 Reference information ⢠USE ENHANCEMENTS SAFELY This section provides information about the phoneâ s batteries, enhancements, and chargers. Be aware that the information in this section is su bject to change as the bat teries, chargers, and enhancements change. This phone is intended for use when supplied with power from an ACP-7U, ACP-8U, A CP-1 2U, or LCH-9 charger . Other usage could invalidate any approval given to this apparatus and may be dangerous. Warning: When yo u purchase batter ies, char gers, a nd enhanc ements f or y ou r ph o ne , use only batteries, chargers, and enhancements that have rece ived approval from Nokia. The use of any other type may invalidate any approv al or warranty applying t o the phone, and could also be dangerous. For availability of approved batteries, c hargers, and enhancements, check with your service pr ovider . Note: For information on how to charge and rech arge your battery , please see âÂÂChargeâ on page 8. When the battery is fully charge d, the indicator will tell you th at the battery is fully charged. When you are not using a charger , disconn ect it from the power source. Do not leave the battery connected to a charger for more than 72 hours, since prolonged maintenance charging could shorten its lifetime. If left unused, a fully-charged battery w ill discharge over time. T emperature extremes can af fect the ability of yo ur battery to charge. Therefore, allow it to cool down or warm up before trying to charge it. When the battery is running out of power and your phon e only has a few minutes of talk time remaining, a warning tone sounds and the Battery low message appears briefly . When n o more talk time is left, a warning tone is so unded and the phone switches itself off. Leaving the battery in hot or cold places, such as in a closed car in summer or winter conditions, will reduce the capacity and lifet ime of the battery . Always try to keep the battery between 59ðF and 77ðF (15ðC and 25ðC). A phone with a ho t or cold battery may temporarily not work, even when the battery is fully charged. Battery performa nce is particula rly limite d in temp eratures below freezing. Do not dispose of batteries in a fire! Warning: Use only your hands to remove the ba ttery . Do not puncture, burn or use any objects that may damage the phone or the battery . Please recycle the battery , or dispose of properly . ⢠IMPORTA NT SAFETY INFORMATION This section provides additional saf ety informatio n. A brief overview of safety c an be found in the section. T raffic Safety Do not use a handheld telephone while driving a ve hicle. Always secure the phone in its holder; do not place the phone on the passen ger seat or where it can break loose in a collision or sudden stop. Remember road safety always comes first!
[ 76 ] Operating environme nt Remember to follow any special regulations in fo rce in any area and always switch off your phone whenever it is forbidden to use it, or when it may cause interference or danger . Use the phone only in its normal operating positions. Electronic devices Most modern e lectronic equipme nt is shielded from radio fr equency (RF) signa ls. However , certain electronic e quipment may not be shielded against the RF signals from your w ireless phone. P ACEMAKERS P acemaker manufacturer s recommend that a mi nimum separation of at least 6 inches (approximately 20 cm) be maintained between a handheld wireless phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemake r . These recommendations are consistent with the independent researc h by and recommendatio ns of Wireless T echnology Research. P ersons with pacemakers: ⢠Should always keep the phone more than 6 inches (20 cm) from their pace maker when the phone is switched on ⢠Should not carr y the phone in a breast pock et ⢠Should use the ear opposite the pa cemaker to minimi ze the potential for i nterference . ⢠Switch off the phone immediately if yo u have any reason to suspect that interference is takin g place . HEARING AIDS Some digital wireless phones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such interference, you may want to consult your service provider . Other medical devices Operation of a ny radio transmitti ng equipm ent, includi ng cellular p hones, may interfere wi th t h e functionality of inadequately protected medical devices. Consult a physician or the manufacturer of the medical device to determine if they are adequately shielded from external RF energy or if you have any questions. Switch off your p hon e in health care facilities when an y regulations posted in these areas instruct you to do so. Hosp itals or health care facilities may be u sing equipment that could be sensitive to external RF energy . Ve h i c l e s RF signals may affect improperly in stalled or in adequ ately shielded e lectr onic system s in motor vehicles (for example, electronic fuel injectio n system s, electronic an tiskid/ antilock braking systems, electronic speed control systems, air ba g systems). C heck with the manufa cturer or its representative regarding your ve hicle. Y ou sh ould also consult the manufacturer of any equipment that has been added to your vehicle. P OSTED FACILITIES Switch your phone off in any facility where posted notices so requ ire. P otent ially expl osive atmo spheres Switch off your phone w hen in any area with a potentially explosive at mosphere and obey all signs and i nstructions. Sparks in s uch areas could cause an explosion or fi re resulting in proper ty and/or bodily injury or even death. Users are advised to switch off the phone when at a refuelling point (service station). User s are reminded of the need to observe restri ctions on the use of radio equipment in fuel depots (fuel storage and distribution areas), chemical plants, or where blasting operations are in progress.
[ 77 ] Referenc e information Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often but not always clearly marked. They include below deck on boats; chemical transfer or storage facilities; veh icles using liquefied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane); areas where th e air conta ins ch emicals or particles, such as grain, dust, or met al powders; and any other area w here you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engi ne. Ve h i c l e s Only qualified personnel should service the phone or install the phone in a vehicle. F aulty installation or service may be dangerous and may invalidate any warranty which may apply to the unit. Check regularly that all wi re less phone equipment in your vehicle is mounted and operating properly . Do not store or carry flammable liquids, gases or explosive materials in the same compartment as the phone, its parts or enhancements. For vehicles equipped with an air bag, remember that an air bag inflates with great force . Do not place objects, including both installed or portable wireless equipment in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deployment area. If in-vehicle wireless equipment is improperly installed and the air bag inflates, serious injury could result. FCC regulations prohibit using your phone while in the air . Switch off your phone before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless telephones in an aircraft may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, disrupt the wire less teleph one network, and may be illegal. F ailure to observe these instructions may lead to suspension or denial of telephone services to the offender , legal action or both. Emergency calls Important: This phone, like any wireless phone, ope rates using radio signals, wireless, and land line networks as well as user-p rogram med functions. Because of this, connection s in all conditions cannot be guaranteed. Ther ef ore you should never rely solely upon any wireless phone for essential communication s (for example, medical emergencies). Emergency calls may not be possible on all wire less phone networks or when certain network services and/or phone f eatures are in use. Check with loc a l service providers. Make an Emergency Call 1 If the phone is not on, switch it on. 2 Press the End key as many t imes as needed (for e xam ple, to exit a call, to exit a menu, etc.) to clear the display and ready the phone for calls. 3 Enter the emergency number for your present loca tion (for example, 91 1 or any other official emergency numberâÂÂemergency numbers vary by loca tion). 4 Press the Send key . ⢠If certain features are in use, you may first ne ed to tu rn th ose feat ures off bef ore y ou c an make an emergency call. Consult this user gu ide and your local cell ular service provider . ⢠When making an emergency call, remember to give all the necessa ry information as accur ately as possible. Remember that your wireless ph one may be the only means of communication at the scene of an accident - do not end the call until given permission to do so.
[ 78 ] ⢠CERTIFICATION INFORMATION (SAR ) THIS MODEL PHONE MEETS THE G OVERNME NT'S REQUIREMENTS FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WA VES. Y our wireless phone is a radio transmitter and receiver . It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Com mission of the U.S. Governmen t. These limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines are based on standards that were developed by independent scientific organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for wireless mobile phon es employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FC C is 1.6W/kg.* Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating posit ions accepted by the FCC with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest ce rtified power level, the actual SAR level of the phone while operating can be well below the maximum value. This is because the phone is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use on ly the power required to reac h the network. In general, the closer you are to a wireless base station ant enna, the lower the power output. Before a phone model is available for sale to the public, it must be test ed and certified to the FCC that it does not exc eed the limit established by the government-adopted requirement for safe exposure. The tests are performed in positions and locations (for example, at the ear and worn on the body) as required by the FCC for ea ch model. The highest SAR value for this model phone as reported to the FCC when tested for us e at the ear is 1.18 W/kg and when worn on the body , as described in this user guide, is 0.96 W/kg. (Body-worn measurements differ among phone models, depending upon available enhancements and FCC requiremen ts). While there may be differences bet ween the SA R levels of various phones and at various positions, they all meet the government requiremen t. The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorizatio n for this model phone with all reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. SAR information on this model phone is on file with the FCC and can be found under the Dis play Grant section of http://www .fcc.gov/oet/fccid after searching on FCC ID QMNRH-44 . For body worn operation, this phone has been te sted and meets t he FCC RF exposure guidelines for use with an enhancement that contains no metal and that positions the handset a minimum of 7/8 inch (2.2 cm) from the body . Use of ot her enhancements may not ensure compliance with FCC RF exposure guidelines. If you do not use a body worn enhancement, and are not holding the phone at the ear , position the hand set a minimum of 7/8 inch (2.2 cm) from your body when the phone is switched on. *In the Unit ed States and Canad a, the SAR limit f or mobile phones used by the public is 1. 6 watts/ kilogram (W/kg) averaged over one gram of ti ssue. Th e standard incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional protection for the public and to account for any variations in measurements. SAR values may vary dependin g on national repor ting requirements and the network band. For SAR information in other regions please look under product information at: http://www .nokia.com .
[ 79 ] Referenc e information ⢠CARE AND MAIN TENANCE Y our phone is a product of superior design and craf tsmanship and should be treated with care. The suggestions below will help you to fulfill any warranty obligations and to enjoy this product for m any ye ars : ⢠Kee p the phone and all its parts and enhancements out of the reach of small children. ⢠K eep the phone dry . Precipitation, humidity and all types of liquids or moisture can contain minerals that will corrode electronic circuits. ⢠Do not use or store the phone in dusty , dirty areas. Its moving parts can be damaged. ⢠Do not store the phone in hot areas. High temperatures can shorten the life of ele ctronic devices, damage batteries, and warp or melt cer tain plastics. ⢠Do not store the phone in cold areas. When it warm s up (to its normal temperature), moisture can form inside and may damage electronic circuit boards. ⢠Do not attempt to open the phone except to remove or change front and back covers. Nonexpert handling may damage it. ⢠Do not drop, knock, or shake the phone. Rough handling can break internal circuit boards. ⢠Do not use harsh ch emicals, cleaning solvents, or strong detergents to cl ean the phone. ⢠Do not paint the phone. P aint can clog the moving parts and pr event proper oper ation. ⢠Use only the supplied or an approved re placement antenna. Unauthorized antennas, modifications, or attachments could dama ge the phone and may violate regulations governing radio device s. All of the above suggestions apply equally to yo ur phone, battery , charger or any enhancement. If any of them are not working properl y , take th em to your nearest qualified service facility . The personnel there will assist you, an d if necessary , arrange for service. ⢠ENHANCEMENTS T o enhance your phoneâÂÂs functionality , a range of enhancements is available for you. Y o u can select any of these items to help accommodate your specific communi cation needs. For availability of these and other enhancements, contact your service prov ider . A FEW PRACTICAL RULES FOR E NHANCEMENT OPERATION ⢠K eep all enhancements out of the reach of small children. ⢠When disconnecting a power cord of an enhancement, grasp and pull the plug, not the cord. ⢠Check r egularly that any vehicle-instal le d enhancements are mounted and are operating properly . ⢠Installation of any complex ca r enha ncements must be made by qualified personnel only . ⢠Use only batteries, chargers, and enhancements that have been approved by Nokia. The use of any other types could invalidate any approval or warranty apply ing to the phone and could be dangerous. Refer to âÂÂUse enhancements safelyâ on page 75 for important battery usage information.
[ 80 ] ⢠BATTERY INFORMATION Note: T he phone has a lithium ion (Li-Ion) battery . Dispose of batt eries according to local regulations (f or example, recycling). D o not dispose as household waste. This section provides information about the phoneâ s battery . Be aware that the information in this section is subject to change. The tables shown in this section provide informat ion about the battery that is available for your phone, charging times with the Standard T ravel Charger (ACP-7U), the ta lk and standby times. Consult your service provider for more information. Charging Tim es Charging times for the B LC-2 Li-ion B attery (1 000 mA) are approximate: Standby and Talk Times Note: Battery talk and standby times are estimates only and depend on signal strength, network conditions, features used, battery age and condition (including the effect of charging habits), temperatures to which battery is exposed, use in digital mode, and many other factors. Please note that the am ount of time a phone is used for ca lls will affect its standby time. Likewise, the amount of time that the phone is turned on and in standby mode will affect its talk time. Charging and Dischargin g Y our phone is powered by a rechargeable battery . Note that a new batter y's full performance is achie ved only after two or three c omplete charge and discharge cycles! The battery can be char ged and discharged hundreds of times but it will ev entu ally w ea r out. When the operating time (talk-time and standby t ime) is noticeably shorter than normal, it is time to buy a new battery . Use only batteries approved by Nokia and recharge y our battery only with the chargers approved by the manufacture r . Unplug the charger from the electrical plug and the device when not in use. Do not leave the battery connected to a charger . Overcharging ma y shorten its lifetime. If left unused, a fully charged battery will lose its charge over time. T emperature extremes can affect the ability of yo ur battery to charge. Battery will not charge at temperatures above 14 0ðF (60ðC). Battery option ACP-7U BLC-2 L i-ion 3 hrs 50 mi n Mode Talk time Standby t ime Digital Up to 3 hrs Up to 12 days Analog Up to 1 hr . Up to 1 day
[ 8 1 ] Referenc e information ⢠CHARGERS AND OTHER ENHANCEMENTS Check the model number of any charger before use with this device. This device is intended for use when supplied with power from the devices listed on the following pages. Warning: Use only batteries, chargers, and enhancements approved by Nokia for use with this pa rticular phone mode l. The use of a ny other typ es may invalidate any approval or warranty applying to the phone and may be dangerous. For availability of approved enhancemen ts, please check with your dealer . When you disconnect the p ower cord of any enha ncement, g rasp and pull the plug, not t he cord. Learn about chargers and other enhancem ents This section provides a list of the your phoneâ s char gers and enhancements. Be aware that the enhancement information is su bject to change as the chargers and enhancements change. The chargers and enhancem ents are available for yo ur phone. Cont act your dealer for details and ref er to the enh ance ments bro chur e in your sales package for all Nokia Original Enhancements. Note: When a charger is not in use, disconnect it from the power source. Do not leave the batte ry connected to a charger for longer t han a week, since prolonged maintenanc e charging of the batt ery could shorten its lifet ime. If left unused, a fully charged battery will discharge over time. Note: If the battery is completely empty , you cannot use the phone un til it has enough charge to operate. ⢠Standard Battery (BLC-2) ⢠Standard Charger (ACP-7U) ⢠Travel Charger (A CP-12U) ⢠Por table Hands Free Device (BHF-1) ⢠Rapid Mobile Charger (LCH-12) ⢠FM Headset (HS -2R) ⢠Loopset TM (LPS-4) ⢠Rea ctive Cove rs (SKR-321) and (SKR-322) ⢠A ctive Covers (SKR -66 1) and (SK R-662) ⢠Color covers (SKR-3 18) and (SK R-3 19) Enhancements can be purchased at any V erizon Wireless retail location or at www .V erizonWireless.com. ⢠NOKIA XP RESS -ON⢠COLOR C OVERS Y our phoneâÂÂs Xpress-on cover is available in se veral fashion colors. Xpress-on covers may be purchased from your authorized Nokia dealer .
[ 82 ] Warning: Befor e changing the cover , always sw itch off the power and disconnect the phone from the charger or any other device. Always store and use the phone with the covers attached.
[ 83 ] Referenc e information REMOVE THE FRONT AND BACK COVERS Warning: When the front cover is off the phone, be careful not to damage the phoneâÂÂs screen face or the rubber gasket around it. Switch off the power . Disconnect the phon e from the charger or any other device. 1 Push the release button, slide the cover downward, and lift off. 2 Gently pry the front cover away from the phone and lift the cover off the phone. REMOVE AND REPLACE THE KEYPAD 1 Lift the keypad from the inside of the front cover . 2 Place the keypad into the new front cover and press into place. REPLACE THE FRONT AND BACK COVERS 1 Align the keypad with the proper openings in the front cover . 2 Gently push the front cover in to the phone until it clicks into place. 3 Insert the two catches of the back c over in the corresponding slots in the phone. 4 Slide the cover towards the bottom of the phone until it locks into place.
[ 84 ] 18 Nokia One Y ear Limited W arranty Nokia Inc. (âÂÂNokiaâÂÂ) warrants that this cellu lar phone (âÂÂProductâÂÂ) is free from defects in material and workmanship that result in Product failure during normal usage, according to the following terms and conditions: 1 The limited warranty for the Product extends fo r ONE (1) year beginning o n t he date of th e purchase of the Product. This one year period is extended by each whole day that the Product is out of your possession for repair under this warranty . 2 The limited warranty extends only to the original purchaser (âÂÂConsumerâÂÂ) o f t h e P r o d uc t an d is not assignable or transferable to any subsequent purchaser/end-user . 3 The limited warranty extends only to Consumers who purchase the Product in the United States of America. 4 During the limited warranty period, Nokia will repa ir , or replace, at Nokiaâ s sole option, any defective parts, or a ny parts that will not properly operate for their intended use with new or refurbished r eplacement items if such repair or replac ement is needed because of product malfunction or failure during normal usage. No charge will be made to t he Con sumer for any such parts. Nokia w ill also pay for the la bor charges incurred by Nokia in repairing or replacing the defective parts. The limited warranty does not cover defects in appearance, cosmetic, decorative or st ructural items, including framing, and any non-operative parts. Nokiaâ s limit of liability under the limited warran ty shall be the actual cash value of the Product at the time the Consumer returns the Pr oduct for repair , determined by the price paid by the Consumer for the Product less a reasonable amount for usage. Nokia shall not be liable for any other losses or damages. Th ese remedies are the Consumerâ s exclusive remedies for breach of warranty . 5 Upon request from Nokia, t he Consumer must pr ove the date of the original purchase of the Product by a dated bill of sa le or dated item ized receipt. 6 The Consumer shall bear the cost of shippin g the Product to Nokia in Melbourne, Florida. Nokia shall bear the cost of shipping the Product back to the Consumer after the completion of service under this limited warranty . 7 The Consumer shall h ave no coverage or benefi ts under this lim ited warranty if any of the following conditions are applicable: a The Product has been subjected to abnormal use, abnormal conditions, improper sto rag e, exposure to moisture or dampness, unauthorized modifications, unauthori zed co nnec tio ns, unauthorized repair , misuse, neglect, abuse, accident, alteration, improper installation, or other acts which are not the fault of Nokia, including damage caused by shipping. b The Product has been damaged from external causes such as collision with an object, or from fire, flooding, sand, dirt, winds torm, lightning, earthq uake or damage from ex posu re to weather conditions, an Act of God, or battery leakage , theft, blown fuse, or imp ro pe r use of any electrical sourc e, damage caused by computer or internet vi ruse s, b ugs , w orms , T r ojan Horses, cancelbots or damage caused by the connection to other products not recommended for interconnec tion by Nokia. c Nokia was not advised in wri ting by the Consumer of the alle ged defect or malfunc tion of the Product within fourteen (14) days after the expiration of the applicable limited warranty period.
[ 85 ] Nokia One Y ear Limited Warranty d The Product serial number plate or the enhancement data code has been removed, defaced or altered. e The defect or damage was c aused by the de fective function of th e cellular system or by inadequate signal reception by the external antenna, or viruses or other software problems introduced into the Product. 8 Nokia does not warrant uninterrupte d or error- free operation of the Product. If a problem develops during the limited warranty period, the Consumer sh all take the following step- by-step procedure : a The Consumer shall return the Product to the place of purchase for repair or replacement processing. b If â aâ is not convenient because of distance (more than 50 miles) or for other good cause, the Consumer shall ship the Product prepaid and insured to: Nokia Inc., Attn: Repair Department 795 West Nasa Blvd. Melbourne, FL 3 290 1 c The Consumer shall include a return add ress, daytim e phone num ber and/or fax nu mber , complete description of the problem, proof of purchase a nd service agreement (if applicable). Expen ses related to removing the Product from an installation are not covered under this limited warran ty . d The Con sumer will be billed for any parts or labor charges not covered by this limited warranty . The C onsumer will be responsible fo r any expenses related to reinstallation of the Product. e Nokia will repair the Product under the limit ed warranty within 30 days after receipt of the Product. If Nokia cannot perf orm repairs covered under this limited warra nty within 30 days, or after a reasonable number of attempts to repair the same defect, Nokia at its option, will provide a replacement Product or re fund the purchase price of the Product less a reasonable amount for usage. In some stat es the Consumer may have the right to a loaner if the r epair of the Product takes more than ten (1 0) days. Please contact the Customer Ser vice Center at Nokia at the telephone number listed at the end of this warranty if you need a loaner and the repair of the Product has taken or is estimated to take more than ten (1 0) days. f If the Product is returned during the limited warranty period, but the problem with the Product is not covered under the terms and conditions of this limited warranty , the Consumer will be notified and given an estimate of the charges the Consumer must pay to have the Product repaired, with all shippin g charges billed to the Cons umer . If the estimate is refused, the Product will be returned freight collect. If the Product is returned after t he expiration of the limit ed warranty period, Nokiaâ s normal service policies shall ap ply and the Consumer will be r esponsible for all shipping ch arges. 9 Y OU (THE CO NSUMER) UND ERST AND THA T THE PR ODUCT MA Y CONSIST OF R EF UR BI SH E D EQUIPMENT THAT CONT AINS USED COMPONENTS, SOME OF WHICH HAVE BEEN REPROCESSED. The used components comply with Product performance and reliability specifications.
[ 86 ] 10 ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY , OR FIT NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE DURA TION OF THE FOREGOING LI MITED WRITTEN WA RRANTY . OTHERWISE, TH E FOREGOING LIMI TED W ARRANTY IS THE CONSUMERâÂÂS SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMED Y AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. NOKIA SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INC IDENTAL, PU NITI VE O R CO NSEQ UENT IAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT N OT LIMITED TO LOSS OF ANTICIP ATED BENEFITS OR PR OF IT S, LOSS OF SA VINGS OR REVENUE, LOSS OF DA TA , PUNITIVE DAMAGES, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQ UIPMENT , COST OF CAPITAL, COST OF ANY SUBSTITUTE EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES, DOWN TIME, THE CLAI MS OF ANY TH IRD P ARTIES, INCL UDING CUSTOMERS, AND INJURY T O PROPERTY , RESUL TING FROM THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ARISING FROM BR EACH OF T HE WARRANTY , BR EACH O F CONTRAC T , NEGLIGENCE, STRICT T ORT , OR ANY O THER LE GAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY , EVEN IF NOKIA KNEW OF THE LIK ELIHOOD O F SUCH DAMAGES. NOK IA SHALL N OT BE LIABLE FOR D ELA Y IN RENDERING SERVICE UNDER THE LIMITED WARRANTY , OR LOSS OF USE DURING THE PERIOD THAT THE PRODUCT IS BEING REP AIRED. 11 Some states do not allow limitation of how long an implied warranty lasts, so the one year warranty limitation may not apply to you (the Consumer). Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental and consequential dam ages, so certain of the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you (t he Consumer). This limited warranty gives the Consumer specific legal rights and the Consumer m ay also have other rights which vary from stat e to state. 12 Nokia neither assumes nor authorizes any author ized service c enter or any other person or entity to assume for it any other obligation or liabil ity beyond that which is expressly provided for in this limited warranty includ ing the provider or seller of any extended warranty or se rvice agreement. 13 This is the entire warra nty between the Nokia and the Consumer , and su pe r se de s al l p ri or a nd co n te mp or an eo us ag r ee me nt s o r u nd er st an di ng s, oral or written, relating to the Product, and no representation, promise or condition not contained herein shall modify these terms. 14 This limited warranty allocates the risk of fa ilure of the Product between the Consumer and Nokia. The allocation i s recognized by the Consumer and is reflected in the pur chase price. 15 Any action or lawsuit for breach of warr anty must be com menced within eighteen (18) months following purchase of the Product. 16 Questions concerning this limited warranty may be directed to: Nokia Inc. Attn: Customer Service 7725 Woodland Center Blvd., Ste. 150 Ta mp a , F L 3 3614 Telephone: 1-888-NOKIA-2U (1-888-665- 4228) F ax: 1-813-249-96 19 TTY/TDD Users Only: 1-800- 24-NOKIA ( 1-800- 246-6542) 17 The limite d warranty period for Nokia supp lied attachments and enhancements is specifically defined within their own warranty cards and packaging.
[ 87 ] Nokia One Y ear Limited Warranty Manufactured or sold under one or more of the following US patents: D405445 5642377 5796757 5 99 1627 608447 1 64 1 4640 6580 77 1 Others D406583 5699 482 5802465 600588 9 60883 42 6434186 6587685 4558302 D4 14189 57 01392 582189 1 6 009 129 6 148290 64 59689 490 130 7 D405784 57 08656 5854978 602580 2 6 154455 646303 1 5056 1 09 D4235 15 5642377 5859843 6029065 6 167 083 64 66 173 5 1 0 150 1 4969 192 5737323 5887250 60470 7 1 6205325 6480 700 5 1 09390 5440597 5754976 588 7252 605526 4 62530 75 6480 155 5265 1 19 54448 16 5758278 58 8977 0 60 72787 6292474 6486835 RE32580 549 17 18 5790957 59298 13 60 7618 1 63320 83 6496150 559657 1 5793744 5990 740 60 78570 63778 13 657 0909
[ 85 ] Appendix A Appendix A Message from the CTIA (Cellular T elecommunications & Internet Association) to all users of mobile phones. é 2001 Cellu lar T elecommunicat ions & Internet Associa tion. All Right s R eserv ed.1250 Connecticu t A v en ue, NW Suite 800, W ashington, DC 20036. Phone: (202) 785-008 1
[ 86 ] Safety is the most important call you will ever make. A Guide to Safe and Res ponsible Wireless Phone Use T ens of millions of people i n the U .S. toda y tak e ad v antage of the unique combination of con v enience, saf ety and v alue deli v er ed b y the wir eless telephone. Quit e simply , the wir eless phone gi v es people th e po w erful a bility to commu nicate b y v oice--almost anyw here, anytime-- with the boss , with a c lient, wit h the kids, with emer gency personnel or ev en with the police. Eac h y ear , Americans mak e billions o f calls fr om their wir eless phones , and the n umbers are rapidly g ro wi ng. But an important r esponsibility accompanies t hose benef its, one th at ev er y wireles s phone user must uphol d. When drivi ng a car , dri ving is y our firs t respo nsibility . A wir eless phone can be an in v aluable tool , but go od ju dgme nt must b e exercised at all t ime s w hi le dr iving a m oto r v ehi cle- -w hether on the phone or not . T he basic less ons ar e ones w e all learned as teena g ers . Dri ving r equires a ler tness, ca ution and courtesy . It r equires a hea vy dose of bas ic common sense-- -k eep y our head up , ke ep y our ey es on the r oad, c heck y our mirr ors fre quently and w atc h out f or other dri v ers. It r equir es obeying all traf fic signs and signals and sta ying within the speed limit. It means using seatbelts and requiring other pass engers to do the same. But with wir eless phone use, drivi ng safel y means a little more. T his broc hure i s a call to wir eless phone users ev eryw here to mak e safety their f irst priori ty w hen behind the w heel of a car . W irel ess telecomm unications is k eeping us in tou ch , simplifyin g our li v es, pr otecting us in emer gencies and pr o viding opportunities to help others in need. W hen it comes to the use o f wirel ess phones, saf ety is your most important call . Wireless Phone "Safety Tip s" Belo w ar e safety ti ps to f ollo w w hile dri ving and using a wi rel ess phone w hich sh ould be easy to remember . 1 Get to kno w y our wir eless phone and i ts featur es such as speed dial and r edial. Car efully r ead y our instruction man ual and learn to tak e ad v antage of v alua ble f eatur es most phones off er , inc luding automatic r edial and memory . Also , w ork t o memorize the phone k eypad so y ou can use the speed dia l function without t aking y our attention off t he r oad. 2 When a v ailab le, use a hands free de vice. A number of hands free wir eless phone accessori es ar e readi ly a v aila b le toda y . W hether y ou cho ose an instal led mount ed devic e f or y our wirel ess phone or a speak er phone accessory , tak e ad v antage o f these de vices i f a v aila b le to y ou. 3 P osition y our wir eless phone wi thin easy r each. Mak e sur e y ou place y our wir eless phone within easy r each and w her e y ou can gra b it without r emo ving y our ey es fro m the road. If y ou g et an inco ming call at an inc on v enie nt ti me, if po ssible, le t y our v o ice mail an s w er it f or y ou. 4 Suspend con v ersations dur ing hazar dous dri ving conditi ons or situation s. Let the person y ou are s peaking with kno w y ou ar e dri ving; if necessary , suspend the call in hea vy traff ic or hazar dous w eather conditions . R ain, sleet, sno w and ice can be haz ardous , but so i s hea vy tra ff ic. As a dri v er , y our f irst res ponsibility is to pa y attention to t he road . 5 Do not tak e notes or look up phone nu mbers w hile dri ving. I f y ou are r eading an addr ess book or b usiness car d, or writ ing a "to do" lis t w hile dri ving a car , y ou are n ot w atch ing w her e y ou are g oing. Itâ s common sense. Don âÂÂt get caught i n a dangerous si tuation becau se y ou are r eading or writing a nd not pa ying attentio n to the r oad or nearb y v ehicles . 6 Dial sensib ly and ass ess the tr aff ic; if possib le, plac e calls w hen y ou are not mo ving or bef or e pulling into tr aff ic. T ry to plan y our calls be f ore y ou begin y our tri p or attempt to coincide y our calls with time s y ou ma y be stopped at a stop s ign, r ed light or other wise stationary . But if y ou need to di al w hile dri ving, f ollo w this simple t ip--dial only a fe w numbers , c heck the r oad and y our mirr ors, then co ntinue .
[ 87 ] Appendix A 7 Do not eng age in str essful or emotiona l con v ersations that ma y be distr acting. Str essful or emotional con v ersations and dr iving do not mix--they ar e distrac ting and ev en dangerous w hen y ou are behind the w heel of a car . Mak e people y ou ar e talking with a w are y ou ar e dri ving and if ne cessary , suspend con v ersations w hic h ha v e the potential to div er t y our attentio n from the road. 8 Use y our wir eless phone to call f or help . Y our wir eless phone i s one of the gr eatest tools y ou can o wn to prot ect y ourself an d y our family i n dangerous s ituations--with y our phone at y our side, help is only th r ee numbers a w a y . Dial 9-1-1 or other local emer g ency number i n the case of fir e, traf f ic accident, r oad hazar d or medical emer ge ncy . R emember , it is a fr ee call on y our wir eless phone! 9 Use y our wirele ss phone to help others in emer gencies. Y our wir eless phone pr o vides y ou a perf ect opportunity to be a "Good Samarit an" in y our comm unity . If y ou see an auto accident, crime in pr ogress or other serious e mergency w here li v es are in danger , call 9-1-1 or other lo cal emer g ency number , as y ou w ould w ant others to do f or y ou. 10 Call r oadside assi stance or a speci al wire less non-emer gency assistance n umber w hen necessary . Certain situati ons y ou encounte r w hile dri ving ma y r equir e attention, b ut are not ur gent enough to merit a call f or emergency servic es. But y ou still can use y our wir eless phone to len d a hand. If y ou see a br ok en-do wn v ehicle posing no serious hazard , a br ok en tra ff ic signal, a min or traf fi c accident w here no on e appears inj ured o r a v ehicl e y ou kno w to be stol en, call r oadside assistance or other special no n-emergency wir eless number . Car eless, d istracte d indi viduals and peo ple dri ving irr esponsibl y repr esent a hazar d to ev ery one on the r oad. Since 1984, the Cellula r T elecommuni cations Indust r y Association and the wir eless industry ha v e conducted educat ional outr each to in f orm wirele ss phone users of their r esponsibilit ies as safe dr iv ers and good citizens . As w e appr oach a ne w century , more and mor e of us wi ll tak e ad v antage of the benef its of wir eless te lephones . And, as w e tak e to the r oads, w e all ha v e a res ponsibility to driv e safely . The wireless industry reminds you to use your phone safely when driving. F or mor e inf or mation, pleas e call 1-888-901- SAFE. F or updates: htt p://www .w o w-com.com/consumer/is sues/dri ving/articl es.c fm?ID=85 é 2001 Cellu lar T elecommunicat ions & Internet Associa tion. All Rights R eserv ed.1250 Connecticut A v enue , NW Suite 800, W ashington, DC 20036. Phone: (202) 785- 0081
[ 88 ] NOTES
[ 89 ] Appendix B Appendix B Message from the FDA (U.S. Food and Drug Administration) to all users of mobile phones. J uly 18, 2001 F or updat es: http://www .fda.go v/cdrh/phon es
[ 90 ] Consumer Update on Wireless Phones U.S. Food and Drug Administratio n 1. Do wireless ph ones pos e a health haz ard? T he a v aila ble s cientif ic evidence does not sho w that any he alth pr oblems ar e associated with using wi rele ss phones . T here i s no pr oof , ho w ev er , that wir eless phones ar e a bsolutely saf e. W irel ess phones emit lo w lev els of radi o fre quency energy (RF) in the micr o w a v e range w hile being used. They also emit v er y lo w lev els of RF w hen in the s tand-b y mode. Wh ereas high lev els of RF can pr oduce health ef fect s (by he ating tiss ue), e xposur e to lo w lev el RF that does not pr oduce heating ef fects causes no kno wn ad v erse health ef fects . Many studies of lo w lev el RF e xposur es ha v e not f ound any biolo gical ef fects . Some st udies ha v e suggested that some biolo gical eff ects ma y occur , b ut suc h fi ndings ha v e not been conf irmed by ad ditional r esear ch. In some cases , other r esear chers ha v e had diff iculty in r eproducing t hose studies , or in determining the r easons f or inconsistent r esults. 2. What is FDA's role concerning t he safety of wireless p hones? Under the la w , FD A does not r evie w the safety of radiati on-emitting c onsumer pr oducts suc h as wir eless phones be f ore t hey can be sold, as it does with ne w drugs or medical devi ces. Ho w ev er , the a gency has authority to tak e action if wir eless phones ar e sho wn to emit r adio fr equency ener g y (RF) at a lev el that is hazar dous to the user . In such a case , FD A could r equir e the man ufactur ers of wire less phones to not ify users of the h ealth hazar d and to re pair , r eplace or r ecall the phones so that the hazar d no longer e xists . Although the e xisting scienti fic d ata do not justif y FD A regulat or y actions, FD A has urged the wir eless phone ind ustr y to tak e a number o f steps, i ncludi ng the f ollo wing: ⢠Support needed re sear ch int o possib le biologi cal eff ects of RF of the t ype emitted b y wir eless phones; ⢠Design wir eless phon es in a w a y that minimizes a ny RF exposu re to t he user that is no t necessary f or de vice function; a nd ⢠Coopera te in pr o viding users of wir eless phones wit h the best possib le inf ormation on possib le ef fects of wi reles s phone use on human heal th. FD A belongs t o an intera g ency w orking gr oup of the f ederal agencies that ha v e re sponsibility f or diff er ent asp ects of RF s afety to e nsur e coor dinated ef f o rts at the f eder al lev el. Th e f ollo wing agencies b elong to this w orking g ro up: ⢠National Ins titute f or Occupational Saf ety and Health ⢠En vir onmental Prot ection Agency ⢠F ederal Communicat ions Commission ⢠Occupational Saf ety and Health Administr ation ⢠Na tion al T e leco mmuni cat ions an d Informa tio n Ad minis trati on T he National Inst itutes of Health pa r ticipates in some i ntera genc y w orki ng group acti vities, as w ell. FD A shar es regul ator y r esponsibiliti es f or wireless phones with the F ederal Comm unications Commission (F CC). All phones tha t are s old in the United St ates must comply with FCC saf ety guideline s that limit RF e xposur e. FCC r elies on FD A and other health a gencies f or saf ety questions about wir eless phones . FCC also regu lates the base st ations that the wir eless phone netw or ks re ly upon. W hile these ba se stations oper ate at higher po w er than do the wir eless phones themsel v es, the RF e xposur es that peop le get from the se base stations are t ypically thousands of times lo w er than those they can get fr om wireless phones. Base stations ar e thus not the subj ect of the saf ety questions discussed in thi s document.
[ 9 1 ] Appendix B 3. What kinds of ph ones are th e subject of this u p d ate? Th e term wir eless phone refers here to hand-hel d wir eless phones with built-in antennas , often called ce ll mobile or PCS phones . These types of wir eless phones can e xpose the user to measura ble r adio fr equency energy (RF) because of the short distanc e betw een the phone and the userâ s head. Thes e RF expo sures are limited by F ederal Communications Commission saf ety guideline s that w ere dev eloped with th e ad vice of FD A and other f edera l health and saf ety agencies . When the phone is located a t greater d istances fr om the user , the expo sur e to RF is dras tically lo w er because a person's RF e xposur e decr eases ra pidly with incr easing dista nce fr om the sour ce. The s o-called cor dless phon es; w hic h ha v e a base unit c onnected to the telephone wi ring in a house, ty pically oper ate at far lo w er po w er lev els, and thus pr oduce RF e xposur es far belo w the FCC safe ty limits . 4. What are the results of the research done already? T he r esear ch done thus far has pr oduced conf licting r esults, and many studies ha v e suff er ed fr om f la ws in their rese arc h methods . Animal e xperiments i n v estig ating the effec ts of radi o fr equency energy (RF) exposur es char acteristic of wi rel ess phones ha v e yielded c onf licting r esults that often cannot be r epeated in other la boratories . A fe w animal studies , ho w ev er , ha v e suggested that lo w lev els of RF could ac celerate t he dev elopment of cancer in labor atory animals . Ho w ev er , many of t he studies t hat sho w ed incr eased tumor de v elopment used ani mals that had b een g e neti cally en gine ered or treate d with can cer-causin g chemic als s o as to be pre- disposed t o dev elop cancer in the a bsence of RF e xposure. Other studies e xposed the animals t o RF f or up to 22 hours per da y . T hese conditions are not similar to t he conditions under w hich people use wi reles s phones, so w e don âÂÂt kno w with certainty w hat the r esults of suc h studies mean f or human health. T hr ee lar ge epidemiolo g y studies ha v e been pub lished since December 2000. Be tw een them, the studies i n v estig ated any pos sible association bet w een the us e of wire less phones and pri mar y brai n cancer , glioma, menin gioma, or acoustic ne ur oma, tumors of the br ain or sali v ar y gland, leuk emia, or other can cers. None of the studi es demonstr ated the e xistence of any ha rmful health ef fects from wi rele ss phone RF e xposur es . Ho w ev er , none of the studies ca n ans w er questions about l ong-term expos ur es, since the a v era ge period of phone use i n these studies w as ar ound thr ee y ears . 5. What research is need ed to decide whether RF exposure from wireless ph ones poses a h ealth risk? A combination of labor ator y studies and epidemio logical st udies of people ac tually using wir eless phones w ould pro vide some of the data that ar e needed. Lifetime ani mal expos ure studies c ould be completed in a f ew y ears. Ho w ev er , v er y large n umbers of animals w ould be needed to pr o vide r elia ble pr oof of a cancer pr omoting eff ect if one e xists. Epidemiologi cal studies can pro vide data that is dir ectly applica ble to human popu lations, b ut 10 or more y ears f ollo w-up ma y be needed to pr o vide ans w ers abo ut some health ef fects, suc h as cancer . T his is because t he interv al betw een the time of e xposur e to a cancer -causing agent and the time tumors dev elop - if they do - ma y be many , many y ears . The inte rpreta tion of epidemiolo gical studies is hamper ed by di ff iculties i n measuring actua l RF expos ure dur ing da y-to-da y use of wi rel ess phones . Many factors affec t this measur ement, suc h as the angle at w hich the phone is held, or w hic h model of phone is used. 6. What is FDA do ing to find out more ab out the po ssible health ef fect s of wireless ph one RF? FD A is w or king with the U .S. Na tional T o xicolo g y Pro gram and with gr oups of in v estig ators ar ound the w or ld to ensur e that high priority animal st udies ar e conducted to ad dr ess important questions about t he eff ects of e xposur e to r adiofr equency ener g y ( RF).
[ 92 ] FD A has been a l eading participant in the W or ld Health Organization Int ernational Electr omagnetic F ields (EMF) Pr oject since its in ception in 1996. An i nf luential r esult of this w ork ha s been the de v elopment of a detailed a genda of re searc h needs that has d riv en the esta blishment of ne w r esear ch pr ograms ar ound the w or ld. T he Proj ect has also helped de v elop a series o f publi c inf or mation documents on EMF issues . FD A and the Cell ular T elecommunications & Internet Associati on (CTIA) ha v e a f or mal C o o p e r at ive Res e a rch an d D evel o p m e n t A g ree m e n t ( C R A D A ) t o d o re s e a rch o n w i rel es s p h o n e safety . FD A pr o vid es the scien tific o versight, ob taini ng inpu t from expert s in go vernment , in du s tr y , and academi c organizations . CTIA-funded r esearc h is conducted thr ough contracts to independent in v estigators. Th e initial r esear ch will inc lude both la boratory studies and studies of wir eless phone users . The CRAD A will also incl ude a br oad assessment of addition al res earc h needs in th e conte xt of the latest resea rc h dev elopments ar ound the w or ld. 7. How can I find out how m uch radio freque ncy energy exposure I can get by using my wireless p hone? All phones so ld in the Unite d States must c omply with F ederal Comm unications Commiss ion (FCC) guid elines that limit radio fr equency ener g y ( RF) e xposur es. FCC es tab lished these guideline s in consultat ion with FD A and the other fede ral health an d safe ty agencies . T he FCC limit f or RF e xposur e from wir eless telephones is se t at a Specif ic Absorption Rat e (SAR) of 1.6 w atts per kilo g ram (1.6 W/kg) . The FCC limit is consi stent with the saf ety standar ds dev eloped b y the Institut e of Electrical and Electr onic Engineering (IEEE) and t he National Counci l on R adiation Pr otection and Measur ement. T he exp osur e limit tak es into considerat ion the bodyâ s a bility to r emo v e heat fr om the tissues that absorb ene r g y fr om the wireles s phone and is set w e ll belo w lev els kno wn to ha v e eff ects . Man ufactur ers of wir eless phones must report the RF e xposure lev el f or each mo del of phone to the FCC. T he FCC w ebsite (h ttp://www .fcc.g o v/oet/rfsaf ety) gi v es dir ections f or locating t he FCC identif ication n umber on y our phone so y ou can f ind y our phoneâ s RF e xposure l ev el in the online li sting. 8. What has FDA don e to measure th e radio frequency e nergy coming from wireless phones? T he Institut e of Electrica l and Electr onic Engi neers (IEEE) is dev eloping a t ec hnical standar d f or measuring the rad io fr equency ener g y (RF) e xposur e fr om wir eless phon es and othe r wir eless handsets wit h the participation and leadershi p of FD A scientists an d engineers . The standar d, R ecommended Pr actice f or Determining the Spati al-P eak Specif ic Absorption R ate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to W ir eless Communicati ons Devic es: Experimental T ec hniques, s ets f or th the f irst consistent test methodolo g y fo r measuring the r ate at w hich RF is de posited in the heads of wir eless phone users . T he test metho d uses a tissue-sim ulating model of t he human head. Stand ardiz ed SAR test methodolo g y is expe cted to grea tly impr o v e the consistency of measur ements made at dif fer ent la boratories o n the same phone . SAR is the measur ement of the amount of ener g y a bsorbed in ti ssue, either b y the w hole body or a small part of the body . It is measur ed in w atts/kg (or milliw atts/g) of mat ter . T his measur ement is used t o determine w hether a wir eless phone complies wi th safety gu idelines . 9. What step s can I take to reduce my exposu re to radio frequ ency energy from my wireless phone? If ther e is a risk fr om these pr oducts--and at t his point w e do not kno w that ther e is--it is pr obab ly v er y small. But if y ou are conce rned about a v oiding e v en potential risks, y ou can tak e a fe w simple steps to mini mize y our expo sur e to rad io fr equency ener g y (RF). Since time is a k ey factor in ho w muc h e xposur e a person r ecei v es, r educing the amount of time spe nt using a wir eless phone wi ll r educe RF e xposur e.
[ 93 ] Appendix B If y ou must conduct e xtended con v ersations b y wirele ss phone ev er y da y , y ou could place mor e distance b etw een y our body and the s ource o f the RF , since the e xposure lev el dr ops off dramati cally with distance. F or e xample, y ou could use a headset and carry the wireles s phone a w a y from y our body or use a wir eless phone connected to a r emote antenna. Again, the scientif ic data do not demonstr ate that wir eless phones ar e harmful. But if y ou ar e concerned a bout the RF e xposur e from t hese pr oducts , y ou can use meas ure s lik e those described a bo v e to r educe y our RF ex posur e fr om wir eless phone use. 10. What about child ren using wireless phones? T he scientif ic evidence d oes not sho w a danger to users of wi rel ess phones , inc luding c hildr en and teena gers. I f y ou w ant to tak e steps to lo w er e xposur e to rad io fr equency energy (RF), the measur es described a bo v e w ould apply t o chil dren a nd teenagers using wir eless phones . R educing th e time of wir eless phone use and i ncreas ing the distance betw een the user and the RF sour ce will r educe RF exposur e.Some groups sponsor ed by oth er national go v er nments ha v e ad vised that c hildre n be discoura g ed fr om using wi rele ss phones at all. F or example, t he go v er nment in the United Kingd om distrib uted leaf lets conta ining suc h a r ecommendation in December 200 0. T hey noted that no e vidence e xists that using a wir eless phone ca uses brain tumors or other ill ef fects . Their r ecommendation to li mit wir eless phone use by c hildr en w as strictl y prec autionary; it w as not based on scie ntif ic evidence that any health haz ard e xists . 1 1. What a bout wireless pho ne interference with med ical equipment ? Ra dio fr equency ener g y (RF) from wir eless phones can inte ract with some e lectr onic devic es. F or this r eason, FD A helped dev elop a detailed test met hod to measur e electr omagnetic inter fer ence (E MI) of impl anted car diac pacemak ers and def ibrillator s fr om wir eless tel ephones . T his test meth od is no w par t of a standar d sponsore d b y the Association f or the Ad v ancement of Medica l instrumentat ion (AAMI). T he f inal draft, a joi nt eff or t by FD A, medical de vice man ufactur ers, and many other groups , w as completed in late 2 000. T his standar d will allo w man ufactur ers to ensu re tha t card iac pacemak ers and def ibrillat ors ar e safe fr om wir eless phone EMI. FD A has tested hearing aids f or interfer ence fr om handhel d wire less phones and helped dev elop a v oluntary standar d sponsor ed by the I nstitute of Elec trical and Elect ronic Engineers (IEEE). T his standar d specif ies test methods and perf or mance r equir ements f or hearing aids and wire less phones so that no inte rference occurs w hen a person uses a co mpatib le phone and a accompanied hea ring aid at the sa me time. T his standar d w as ap pro v ed by t he IEEE in 2000. FD A contin ues to monitor the use of wire less phones f or possib le interact ions with other medical devices. Should harm ful interference be f ound to occur , FD A wi ll conduct testing to assess th e interfer ence and w ork to r esolv e the pr obl em. 12. Where can I find a dditional inf ormation? F or additi onal inf orm ation, pl ease r efer to th e f ollo wing re source s: ⢠FD A w eb page on wir eless phones http://www .fda.go v/cdrh/phones/inde x.html ⢠F ederal Communicat ions Commis sion (FCC) RF Saf ety Progr am http://www .fcc .go v/oet/rfs afety ⢠International Commiss ion on Non-Io nizing Ra diation Pr otection http://www .icnirp .de ⢠W or ld Health Or g anization (W HO) International EMF Pr oject http://www .w ho.int/ emf ⢠National R adiolo gical Pr otection Boar d (UK) http://www .nrpb .or g.uk/ J uly 18, 2001 F or updates: htt p://www .fda.go v/cdrh/phone s
[ 94 ] NOTES
[ 95 ] Index Numerics 1-touch dialing 51 setup 51 3-way conference calls 47 A ABC and 123 modes 15 access codes lock code 57 security code 56 accessibility solutions 5 website 5 accessories battery 78 comple te ca r kit 79 data cable 79 data cable DKU-5 79 loopset LPS-4 79 mobile holder 79 spare battery charger 79 accessory cigarette lighter charger 79 headset kit 79 standard travel charger 79 activate automatic redial 48 call forwarding 45, 46 loopset 41 TTY/TD D 41 adjust the volume 14 advanced calling features 45 antenna contact with 8 location 8 Applications 66 applications launch 66 memory 66 automatic redial 48 automatic update of service 60 B battery important information 9 prolonged charging 73 prolonging life 9 battery low indication 73 C cabl e connecting to a PC 68 calculator 63 using 63 calendar alarms 63 make a note 63 note types 63 call 59 call for ward ing 45, 46 activate 46 canc el 46 feature codes 46 call lists, delete recent 26 call rest riction s 58 adding 58 editing 59 erasing 59 selecting 59 call timers clearing 27 turning on 27 call waiting 47 answer a new call 47 switch betwe en calls 47 caller groups 23 assign a number 23 edit options 24 phone book menu 21 calls 1-touch dialing 51 3-way calls 47 answer a c all 11 call wa iting 47 end a call 11
[ 96 ] ignoring 3 make a call 11 phone lock 57 redia l las t 3 reject a call 11 car k it 79 certification information 76 chang e lette r case 16 characters, ente ring 16 charge the battery 8 clock automatic settings 42 displaying the clock 43 hiding the clock 43 set th e tim e 42 time format 42 color covers 79 conn ecting to a PC 68 contact ing Nokia 6 contacting your service provider 6 Content Copier (PC Suite) 68 D data cable 79 data call timers 27 Data Synchronization (PC Sync) 68 dialed calls, checkin g 25 dictionary , add words 19 digital data 68 display language 42 download applications 66 download software 68 dynamic memory 11 E edit a name or number 21 e-mail 32 emerge ncy calls 75 enter characters 16 numbers 16 punctuation 16 enter a space 16 enter letters 15 entering letters and numbers 15 entering text chang e lette r case 16 enter a space 16 erase mistakes 16 erase names or numbers 21 F fax call timers 27 H headset connect 14 setup 14 use 14 headset kit 79 help 12 I in-call options 45 K keygua rd 56 keyp ad about 10 lock 56 keys, selection 10 L label 6 language setting 42 lett ers , ente rin g 15 lock code 57 changi ng 57 lock keypad 56 loopset description 79 M memory status, checking 24 menus, phone 12 messages e-mail messages 32 options 30 receiving via minibrowser 71 text 29 using templates 31 writing 29
[ 97 ] Minibrowser receiving messages via 71 minibrowser timer options 27 missed calls, checking 25 mistakes, erasing 16 mobile holder 79 modem setup 68 N name or number edit 21 navigate phone menus 12 network services 5 subscribing 5 Nokia PC Suite 68 number type, changing 22 number types 21 numbers, add to message 19 numbers, entering 16 O one-touch dialing 51 options in-call menu 45 P PC Connectivity 68 PC Suite Content Copier 68 Instructions 62, 68 PC Sync 68 PC Suite (application) 68 PC Sync (PC Suite) 68 phone certification information 76 radio frequency signals 76 phone book add entries 20 add number to entry 21 add other info 23 caller groups 23 change number type 22 chang e views 21 edit entry 21 erase names 23 erase numbers 23 erasing 23 menus 20 opening 20 primary number 22 phone book menu 13 phone book menu options 13 phone help 12 phone lock 57 activating/deactivating 57 all owe d num ber 58 lock code 57 making a call 58 phone menus 12 power on your phone 9 predictive text 17 tips for 19 turning off 18 turning on 19 primary number , specifying 22 profile customizing 37 defined 37 renaming 40 selecting 37 punctuation, entering 16 R Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger 79 received calls, checking 25 remove the battery 9 restrict c alls 58 ring options, setting 37 ring volume 38 ring volume, setting 38 ringing tone, setting 38 rings and tones 37 S SAR 76 save street address 23 scroll keys 12 scroll through menus 12 security 56 lock keypad 56 phone lock 57 security code 56
[ 98 ] security code changi ng 56 security settings call restrictions 58 phone lock 57 selection keys 10 service provider differences 5 signing up 5 service provider , con tacting 6 set the r ing volu me a nd to ne 38 set up your headset 14 your phone 8 setting time (manual) 42 setti ng time (net work ) 42 shortcuts 12 software download 68 spaces, entering 17 special characters 17 specify a primary number 22 standard travel charger 79 start screen about 10 indicators 10 strings, touch tone 54 switch on your phone 9 symbols, inserting 19 T templates 31 text messages e-mail mes sages 32 timed profiles 41 touch tones length 53 manual 53 sending 54 storing 54 turn on your phone 9 U underlined words 19 understanding wirele ss network services 5 use the headset 14 V vibrating alert, se tting 38 view dialed calls 25 missed calls 25 new text messages 32 received calls 25 voice command shortcut 4 voice commands 43 creat e a voice tag 43 using 44 voice dialing 49 dialing a number 50 important notes 50 voice t ags 50 working with tags 44, 51 voice mail greetings 28 voice mail, setting u p 28 voice messages, listening to 28 voice t ags add 50 change or erase 51 volume, adjusting 14 W warning and game tones, setting 40 welcome note, adding 43 wireless network services 5 X Xpress-on co lor covers 79
[ 99 ] NOTES
[ 1 00 ] NOTES